]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
Renamed sb-file.xpm to sb-pg.xpm
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14565 55609))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
150
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
154 name and site.
155
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
161
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
164
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
171
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
174
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
181
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
184
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
187
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
190
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
193
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
196
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
202
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
204
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
209
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
211
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil)
215
216 ;;;***
217 \f
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
222
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
233
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
242
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
255
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
259
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
262 BODY... )
263
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
278
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
283
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
286
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
289
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
292
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
297
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
303 during preloading.
304
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
306
307 ;;;***
308 \f
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
313
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
321
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
325
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
330
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
341 options.
342
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
345
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
350
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
354
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil)
361
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
369
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
380
381 ;;;***
382 \f
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14619 61800))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
387
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
394
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
396
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
398
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
400
401 ;;;***
402 \f
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
406
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
410
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
414
415 ;;;***
416 \f
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14563 8413))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
422
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
427
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
430
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
433
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
436
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
439
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
442
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
445
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
449
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
456
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
460 put in the appointments list.
461 02/23/89
462 12:00pm lunch
463 Wednesday
464 10:00am group meeting
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
468
469 ;;;***
470 \f
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14617
473 ;;;;;; 51641))
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
475
476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
478
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
480
481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
484 normal variables." t nil)
485
486 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
487
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
491 noninteractive functions.
492
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
495
496 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
501
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
507
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
512 bindings.
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
514
515 ;;;***
516 \f
517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
518 ;;;;;; 44524))
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
520
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
524 Letters no longer insert themselves.
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
527
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
530 archive.
531
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
533
534 ;;;***
535 \f
536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
538
539 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
540 Major mode for editing arrays.
541
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
545
546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
547
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
551
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
556 The variables are:
557
558 Variables you assign:
559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
564 row numbers in the buffer.
565
566 Variables which are calculated:
567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
569
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
571 take a numeric prefix argument):
572
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
577
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
582
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
587
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
589 between that of point and mark.
590
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
593
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
597 newlines inside rows)
598
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
600
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
602
603 ;;;***
604 \f
605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
606 ;;;;;; 393))
607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
608
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
612
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
617
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
620
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
623
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
625
626 Special commands:
627 \\{asm-mode-map}
628 " t nil)
629
630 ;;;***
631 \f
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
633 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
635
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
637 Obsolete.")
638
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
640 This command is obsolete." t nil)
641
642 ;;;***
643 \f
644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
645 ;;;;;; (14622 51307))
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
647
648 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
649 Toggle Autoarg mode.
650
651 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
652
653 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
654
655 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
656
657 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
658 Toggle Autoarg mode minor mode globally.
659 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
660 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
661 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
662 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
663 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
664 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
665 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
666 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
667
668 For example:
669 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
670 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
671 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
672 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
673 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
674
675 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
676
677 ;;;***
678 \f
679 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
680 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
682
683 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
684 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
685
686 ;;;***
687 \f
688 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
689 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
690 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
691
692 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
693 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
694 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
695
696 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
697 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
698 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
699 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
700
701 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
702 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
703 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
704 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
705
706 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
707 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
708
709 ;;;***
710 \f
711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
712 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
713 ;;;;;; (14563 8438))
714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
715
716 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
717 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
718 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
719
720 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
721 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
722 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
723
724 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
725 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
726 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
727
728 ;;;***
729 \f
730 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
731 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
732 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
733 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
734
735 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
736 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
737
738 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
739 instead.")
740
741 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
742 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
743
744 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
745 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
746
747 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
748
749 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
750
751 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
752 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
753
754 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
755 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
756 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
757
758 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
759 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
760
761 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
762 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
763
764 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
765 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
766
767 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
768 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
769 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
770
771 ;;;***
772 \f
773 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
774 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
776
777 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
778 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
779 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
781 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
782
783 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
784
785 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
786
787 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
788 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
789 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
790 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
791
792 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
793 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
794 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
795
796 Effects of the different modes:
797 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
798 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
799 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
800 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
801 a random distance & direction.
802 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
803 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
804 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
805
806 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
807
808 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
809 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
810 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
811
812 ;;;***
813 \f
814 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
815 ;;;;;; 45178))
816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
817
818 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
819 Major mode for editing AWK code.
820 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
821 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
822 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
823
824 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
825 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
826
827 ;;;***
828 \f
829 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
830 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
832
833 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
834 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
835
836 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
837 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
838
839 For example:
840
841 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
842 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
843 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
844 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
845
846 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
847
848 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
849
850 ;;;***
851 \f
852 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
853 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
855
856 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
857 Display battery status information in the echo area.
858 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
859 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
860
861 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
862 Display battery status information in the mode line.
863 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
864 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
865 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
866 seconds." t nil)
867
868 ;;;***
869 \f
870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
871 ;;;;;; 9460))
872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
873
874 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
875 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
876
877 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
878 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
879 version information already added. You just need to add a description
880 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
881 message.
882
883
884 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
885
886 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
887 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
888 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
889 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
890 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
891
892 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
893 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
894 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
895 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
896 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
897 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
898
899 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
900 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
901 BibTeX mode.
902
903
904 Special information:
905
906 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
907
908 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
909 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
910 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
911 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
912 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
913 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
914 current field.
915 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
916 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
917
918 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
919 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
920 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
921 bibtex-entry-format.
922 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
923 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
924 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
925
926 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
927 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
928
929 The following may be of interest as well:
930
931 Functions:
932 bibtex-entry
933 bibtex-kill-entry
934 bibtex-yank-pop
935 bibtex-pop-previous
936 bibtex-pop-next
937 bibtex-complete-string
938 bibtex-complete-key
939 bibtex-print-help-message
940 bibtex-generate-autokey
941 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
942 bibtex-end-of-entry
943 bibtex-reposition-window
944 bibtex-mark-entry
945 bibtex-ispell-abstract
946 bibtex-ispell-entry
947 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
948 bibtex-sort-buffer
949 bibtex-validate
950 bibtex-count
951 bibtex-fill-entry
952 bibtex-reformat
953 bibtex-convert-alien
954
955 Variables:
956 bibtex-field-delimiters
957 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
958 bibtex-include-OPTkey
959 bibtex-user-optional-fields
960 bibtex-entry-format
961 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
962 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
963 bibtex-entry-field-alist
964 bibtex-predefined-strings
965 bibtex-string-files
966
967 ---------------------------------------------------------
968 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
969 non-nil.
970
971 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
972
973 ;;;***
974 \f
975 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
976 ;;;;;; 27947))
977 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
978
979 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
980 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
981 the default is 4.
982
983 What is blackbox?
984
985 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
986 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
987 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
988 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
989 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
990 your score.
991
992 Overview of play:
993
994 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
995 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
996 four.
997
998 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
999 movement keys.
1000
1001 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1002 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1003
1004 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1005 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1006
1007 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1008 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1009 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1010 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1011 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1012 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1013
1014 Details:
1015
1016 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1017
1018 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1019 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1020 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1021 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1022
1023 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1024 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1025 denoted by the letter `R'.
1026
1027 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1028 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1029 denoted by the letter `H'.
1030
1031 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1032 example.
1033
1034 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1035 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1036 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1037 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1038 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1039 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1040 ray.
1041
1042 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1043 degree deflection it causes.
1044
1045 1
1046 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1047 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1048 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1049 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1052 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1053 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1054 2 3
1055
1056 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1057 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1058
1059
1060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1061 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1062 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1063 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1066 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1068
1069 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1070 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1071 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1072 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1073 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1074 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1075 emerging from the box.
1076
1077 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1078
1079 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1080 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1082 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1084 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1087
1088 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1089 a reflection." t nil)
1090
1091 ;;;***
1092 \f
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1094 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1095 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1096 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1097 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1098 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
1099 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1100 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1101 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1102 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1103
1104 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1105 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1106 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1107 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1108 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1109 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1110
1111 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1112
1113 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1114
1115 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1116
1117 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1118
1119 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1120
1121 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1122
1123 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1124
1125 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1126
1127 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1128
1129 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1130
1131 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1132
1133 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1134
1135 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1136
1137 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1138
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1140 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1141 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1142 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1143 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1144 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1145 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1146 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1147 recent one.
1148
1149 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1150 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1151 yank successive words.
1152
1153 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1154 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1155 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1156 name of the file being visited.
1157
1158 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1159 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1160 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1161
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1163 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1164 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1165 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1166 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1167 this.
1168
1169 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1170 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1171 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1172 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1173
1174 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1175 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1176 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1177 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1178 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1179
1180 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1181 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1182 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1183 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1184
1185 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1186
1187 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1188 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1189 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1190 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1191
1192 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1193 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1194 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1195
1196 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1197 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1198 name." t nil)
1199
1200 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1201 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1205 this." t nil)
1206
1207 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1208 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1209 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1210 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1211 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1212 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1213 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1214 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1215
1216 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1217 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1218 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1219
1220 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1221 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1222 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1223 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1224 \(second argument).
1225
1226 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1227 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1228 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1229 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1230 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1231
1232 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1233 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1234 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1235 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1236
1237 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1238 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1239 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1240 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1241 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1242 while loading.
1243
1244 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1245 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1246 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1247 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1248 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1249 explicitly.
1250
1251 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1252 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1253 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1254 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1255
1256 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1257 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1258 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1259 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1260 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1261
1262 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1263
1264 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1265
1266 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1267 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1268 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1269 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1270 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1271 this.
1272
1273 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1274 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1275 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1276
1277 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1278 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1279 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1280 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1281 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1282 this.
1283
1284 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1285 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1286 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1287
1288 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1289 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1290 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1291
1292 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1293 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1294 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1295
1296 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1297 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1298 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1299 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1300 prompts for NEWNAME.
1301 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1302 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1303 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1304
1305 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1306 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1307 name.
1308
1309 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1310 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1311 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1312
1313 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1314 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1315 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1316 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1317 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1318 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1319
1320 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1321 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1322 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1323
1324 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1325
1326 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1327
1328 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1329
1330 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1331
1332 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1333
1334 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1335
1336 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1337
1338 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1339
1340 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1341
1342 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1343
1344 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1345
1346 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1347
1348 ;;;***
1349 \f
1350 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1351 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1352 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1353 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1354 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1355 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1356 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1357 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1358 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
1359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1360
1361 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1362 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1363 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1364 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1365
1366 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1367 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1368 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1369 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1370 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1371
1372 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1373 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1374 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1375 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1376 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1377
1378 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1379 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1380
1381 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1382 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1383 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1384
1385 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1386 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1387
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1389 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1390 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1391 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1392 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1393 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1394
1395 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1396 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1397 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1398 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1399 narrowed." t nil)
1400
1401 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1402 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1403
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1405 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1406
1407 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1408 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1409 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1410 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1411
1412 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1414 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1415 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1416
1417 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1418 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1419 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1420 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1421 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1422 to use." t nil)
1423
1424 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1425 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1426
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1428 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1429
1430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1431 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1432 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1433 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1434
1435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1437
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1439 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1440
1441 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1442 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1443 program is invoked according to the variable
1444 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1445
1446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1447 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1448 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1449 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1450
1451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1453
1454 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1455 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1456 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1457
1458 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1459 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1460 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1461 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1462
1463 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1464 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1465 Default to the URL around or before point.
1466
1467 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1468 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1469 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1470
1471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1472 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1475
1476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1478
1479 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1480 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1481 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1482
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1484 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1485 Default to the URL around or before point.
1486
1487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1488 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1489 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1490
1491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1493
1494 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1495 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1496 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1497 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1498
1499 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1500 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1501 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1502 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1503 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1504
1505 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1506 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1507 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1508 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1509
1510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1511 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1512 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1513 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1514
1515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1517
1518 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1519 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1520 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1521
1522 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1523 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1524 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1525 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1526 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1527 current one.
1528
1529 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1530 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1531 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1532 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1533
1534 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1535 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1536
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1538 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1539 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1540 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1541 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1542 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1543
1544 ;;;***
1545 \f
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1547 ;;;;;; 42538))
1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1549
1550 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1551 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1552
1553 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1554 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1555
1556 ;;;***
1557 \f
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1559 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1561
1562 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1563 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1564 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1565 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1566
1567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1571
1572 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1573 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1574
1575 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1576 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1577 \\<bs-mode-map>
1578 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1579 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1580 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1581 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1582
1583 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1584 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1585 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1586 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1587 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1588
1589 ;;;***
1590 \f
1591 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1592 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1593 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1594 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14564 35790))
1595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1596
1597 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1598 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1599 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1600
1601 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1602 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1603 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1604 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1605
1606 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1607 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1608 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1609 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1610
1611 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1612
1613 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1614 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1615
1616 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1617 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1618 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1619 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1620 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1621
1622 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1623 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1624 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1625 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1626
1627 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1628 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1629 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1630
1631 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1632 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1633 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1634 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1635 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1636 all functions called by those functions.
1637
1638 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1639 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1640 cons, etc.).
1641
1642 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1643 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1644 invoked interactively." t nil)
1645
1646 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1647 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1648 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1649 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1650 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1651 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1652
1653 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1654 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1655 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1656 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1657
1658 ;;;***
1659 \f
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1662
1663 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1664
1665 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1666
1667 ;;;***
1668 \f
1669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1670 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1672
1673 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1674 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1675 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1676 from the cursor position." t nil)
1677
1678 ;;;***
1679 \f
1680 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1681 ;;;;;; 60346))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1683
1684 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1685 Run the pocket calculator.
1686 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1687
1688 ;;;***
1689 \f
1690 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1691 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1692 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1693 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1694 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1695 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1696 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1697 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1698 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1699 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1700 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1701 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1702 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1703 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1704 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1705 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1706 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1708
1709 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1710 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1711 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1712
1713 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1714 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1715 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1716 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1717 the screen.")
1718
1719 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1720 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1721 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1722 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1723 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1724
1725 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1726 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1727 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1728 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1729 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1730 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1731 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1732
1733 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1734 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1735 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1736 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1737 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1738
1739 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1740 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1741 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1742
1743 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1744 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1745 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1746
1747 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1748 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1749 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1750
1751 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1752 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1753 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1754 displayed.")
1755
1756 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1757 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1758 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1759
1760 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1761 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1762 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1763
1764 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1765
1766 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1767 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1768 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1769
1770 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1771 calendar.")
1772
1773 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1774 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1775 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1776
1777 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1778 calendar.")
1779
1780 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1781 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1782 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1783
1784 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1785 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1786 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1787 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1788 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1789
1790 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1791 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1792 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1793 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1794 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1795 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1796 a function is also provided for this:
1797 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1798
1799 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1800 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1801 date is not visible in the window.
1802
1803 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1804 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1805 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1806
1807 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1808 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1809
1810 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1811 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1812 date is visible in the window.
1813
1814 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1815 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1816 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1817
1818 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1819 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1820
1821 For example,
1822
1823 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1824
1825 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1826
1827 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1828 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1829
1830 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1831
1832 MONTH/DAY
1833 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1834 MONTHNAME DAY
1835 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1836 DAYNAME
1837
1838 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1839 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1840 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1841 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1842 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1843 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1844 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1845 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1846 respectively.
1847
1848 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1849 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1850 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1851
1852 DAY/MONTH
1853 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1854 DAY MONTHNAME
1855 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1856 DAYNAME
1857
1858 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1859 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1860
1861 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1862 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1863 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1864 window but will appear in a diary window.
1865
1866 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1867 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1868
1869 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1870 entries (in the default American style):
1871
1872 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1873 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1874 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1875 21: Payday
1876 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1877 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1878 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1879 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1880 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1881 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1882 &* 15 time cards due.
1883
1884 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1885 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1886 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1887 single diary entry
1888
1889 02/11/1989
1890 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1891 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1892 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1893 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1894 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1895 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1896
1897 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1898 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1899 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1900
1901 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1902
1903 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1904
1905 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1906 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1907 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1908 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1909 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1910 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1911 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1912 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1913 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1914
1915 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1916 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1917 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1918 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1919 for these functions for details.
1920
1921 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1922 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1923
1924 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1925 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1926
1927 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1928 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1929
1930 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1931 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1932
1933 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1934 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1935 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1936
1937 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1938 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1939 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1940
1941 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1942 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1943 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1944 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1945
1946 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1947 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1948 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1949 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1950
1951 DAY/MONTH
1952 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1953 DAY MONTHNAME
1954 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1955 DAYNAME
1956
1957 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1958 characters with or without a period.")
1959
1960 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1961 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1962 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1963
1964 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1965 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1966 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1967
1968 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1969 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1970 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1971
1972 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1973 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1974 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1975
1976 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1977 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1978 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1979 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1980 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1981 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1982
1983 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1984 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1985 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1986
1987 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1988 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1989 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1990 of the form
1991
1992 #include \"filename\"
1993
1994 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1995 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1996 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1997 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1998 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1999
2000 For example, you could use
2001
2002 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2003 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2004 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2005
2006 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2007 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2008 lexicographic order.")
2009
2010 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2011 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2012 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2013
2014 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2015 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2016 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2017 diary display.
2018
2019 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2020 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2021 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2022 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2023 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2024 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2025 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2026
2027 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2028 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2029 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2030 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2031 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2032 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2033 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2034 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2035
2036 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2037 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2038 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2039 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2040 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2041 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2042
2043 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2044 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2045
2046 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2047 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2048 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2049 of the form
2050 #include \"filename\"
2051 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2052 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2053 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2054 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2055 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2056
2057 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2058 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2059 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2060 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2061 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2062 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2063
2064 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2065 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2066 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2067 are holidays.")
2068
2069 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2070 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2071 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2072 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2073 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2074
2075 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2076
2077 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2078 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2080
2081 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2082
2083 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2084 *Oriental holidays.
2085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2086
2087 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2088
2089 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2090 *Local holidays.
2091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2092
2093 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2094
2095 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2096 *User defined holidays.
2097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2098
2099 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2100
2101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2102
2103 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2104
2105 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2106
2107 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2108
2109 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2110
2111 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2112
2113 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2114
2115 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2116
2117 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2118 *Jewish holidays.
2119 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2120
2121 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2122
2123 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2124 *Christian holidays.
2125 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2126
2127 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2128
2129 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2130 *Islamic holidays.
2131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2132
2133 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2134
2135 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2136 *Sun-related holidays.
2137 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2138
2139 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2140
2141 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2142 The frame set up of the calendar.
2143 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2144 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2145 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2146 any other value the current frame is used.")
2147
2148 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2149 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2150 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2151
2152 ;;;***
2153 \f
2154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2156
2157 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2158 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2159
2160 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2161 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2162
2163 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2164 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2165
2166 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2167 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2168
2169 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2170 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2171
2172 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2173 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2174
2175 ;;;***
2176 \f
2177 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2178 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2179 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2181
2182 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2183
2184 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2185 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2187 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2188 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2189 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2190
2191 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2192
2193 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2194 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2195 run first.
2196
2197 Key bindings:
2198 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2201 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2202 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2203 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2204 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2205 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2206 message.
2207
2208 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2209
2210 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2211 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2212 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2213
2214 Key bindings:
2215 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2218 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2219 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2220 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2221 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2222 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2223 message.
2224
2225 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2226
2227 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2228 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2229 is run first.
2230
2231 Key bindings:
2232 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2235 Major mode for editing Java code.
2236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2240 message.
2241
2242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2243
2244 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2245 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2246 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2247 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2248 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2249
2250 Key bindings:
2251 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2252
2253 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2259 message.
2260
2261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2262
2263 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2264 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2265 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2266
2267 Key bindings:
2268 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2271 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2272 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2273 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2274 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2275 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2276 message.
2277
2278 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2279
2280 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2281 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2282 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2283
2284 Key bindings:
2285 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2286
2287 ;;;***
2288 \f
2289 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2290 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2292
2293 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2294 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2295 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2296 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2297 for details of setting up styles.
2298
2299 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2300 style name.
2301
2302 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2303 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2304 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2305 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2306 will be reassigned.
2307
2308 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2309 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2310 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2311
2312 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2313 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2314 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2315 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2316
2317 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2318
2319 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2320 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2321 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2322
2323 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2324 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2325 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2326 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2327 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2328
2329 ;;;***
2330 \f
2331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2333
2334 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2335 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2336 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2337 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2338 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2339
2340 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2341 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2342
2343 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2344 `infodock'.")
2345
2346 ;;;***
2347 \f
2348 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2349 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2350 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
2351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2352
2353 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2354 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2355
2356 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2357 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2358
2359 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2360 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2361
2362 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2363 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2364 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2365 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2366 execution.
2367
2368 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2369
2370 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2371 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2372 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2373 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2374
2375 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2376 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2377 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2378 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2379 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2380 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2381
2382 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2383 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2384 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2385
2386 ;;;***
2387 \f
2388 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2389 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2390 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2391 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2392 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2393 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2394 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2395 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2396 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2398
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2400 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2401 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2402 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2405 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2406 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2407 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2408 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2409 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2410 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2411 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2414 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2415 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2416 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2417 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2418 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2419 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2420 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2423 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2424 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2425 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2426 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2429 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2430 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2431 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2432 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2435 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2436 Only documentation strings are checked.
2437 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2438 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2439 a separate buffer." t nil)
2440
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2443 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2444 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2445 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2446
2447 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2448 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2450 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2451 if there is one.
2452 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2455 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2456 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2457
2458 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2459 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2460 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2461 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2462 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2465 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2466 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2467 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2468 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2469 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2470
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2472 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2473 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2478 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2480
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2482 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2483 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2484 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2487 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2488 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2489 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2492 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2493 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2494 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2497 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2498 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2499 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2500
2501 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2502 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2503 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2504 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2505
2506 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2507 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2508 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2509 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2512 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2513 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2514 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2517 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2518 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2519
2520 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2521 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2522 checking of documentation strings.
2523
2524 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2525
2526 ;;;***
2527 \f
2528 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2529 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
2530 ;;;;;; 45987))
2531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2532
2533 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2534 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2535 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2536
2537 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2538 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2539
2540 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2541 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2542 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2543
2544 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2545 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2546
2547 ;;;***
2548 \f
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2550 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2551 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2552
2553 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2554 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2555 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2556 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2557 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2558 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2559
2560 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2561 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2562 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2563 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2564 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2565
2566 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2569 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2570 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2571 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2572 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2573
2574 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2575 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2576 \\{command-history-map}
2577
2578 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2579 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2580
2581 ;;;***
2582 \f
2583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14617 51703))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2585
2586 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2587 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2588 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2589 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2590 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2591 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2592
2593 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2594 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2595
2596 ;;;***
2597 \f
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2599 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2601
2602 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2603
2604 ;;;***
2605 \f
2606 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2607 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2609
2610 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2611 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2612 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2613 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2614
2615 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2616 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2617 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2618
2619 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2620 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2621
2622 ;;;***
2623 \f
2624 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2625 ;;;;;; 44845))
2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2627
2628 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2629 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2630 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2631 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2632 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2633 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2635 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2636
2637 ;;;***
2638 \f
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2640 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2641 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2643
2644 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2645 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2646 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2647 ASCII table.
2648
2649 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2650 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2651 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2652 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2653
2654 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2655 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2656 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2657
2658 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2659 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2660 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2661
2662 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2663 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2664 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2665
2666 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2667 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2668
2669 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2670 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2671 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2672
2673 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2674 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2675
2676 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2677 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2678
2679 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2680 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2681 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2682
2683 ;;;***
2684 \f
2685 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2686 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2687 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14619 5053))
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2689
2690 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2691 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2692 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2693 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2694 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2695 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2696 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2697 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2698
2699 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2700
2701 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2702 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2703 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2704 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2705 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2706 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2707
2708 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2709 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2710 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2711
2712 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2713
2714 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2715 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2716 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2717
2718 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2719
2720 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2721 Send COMMAND to current process.
2722 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2723 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2724
2725 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2726 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2727 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2728 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2729
2730 ;;;***
2731 \f
2732 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2733 ;;;;;; 18289))
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2735
2736 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2737 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2738 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2739 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2740
2741 This command pushes the mark in each window
2742 at the prior location of point in that window.
2743 If both windows display the same buffer,
2744 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2745 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2746
2747 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2748 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2749 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2750
2751 ;;;***
2752 \f
2753 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2754 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2755 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2756 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14625 19427))
2757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2758
2759 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2760 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2761
2762 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2763 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2764
2765 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2766 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2767 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2768 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2769 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2770
2771 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2772 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2773 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2774 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2775 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2776
2777 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2778 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2779 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2780 describing how the process finished.")
2781
2782 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2783 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2784 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2785 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2786
2787 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2788 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2789 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2790
2791 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2792 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2793 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2794 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2795
2796 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2797 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2798 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2799 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2800
2801 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2802 and move to the source code that caused it.
2803
2804 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2805 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2806
2807 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2808 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2809 Then start the next one.
2810
2811 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2812 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2813 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2814
2815 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2816 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2817 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2818 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2819 where grep found matches.
2820
2821 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2822 easily repeat a grep command.
2823
2824 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2825 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2826 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2827 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2830 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2831 Collect output in a buffer.
2832 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2833 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2834
2835 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2836 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2837
2838 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2839 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2840 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2841 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2842 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2843
2844 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2845
2846 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2847 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2848 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2849 See `compilation-mode'.
2850 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2851
2852 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2853 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2854 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2855 See `compilation-mode'.
2856 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2857
2858 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2859 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2860
2861 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2862 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2863
2864 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2865 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2866 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2867 and start at the first error.
2868
2869 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2870 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2871 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2872 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2873 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2874 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2875
2876 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2877 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2878 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2879
2880 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2881 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2882 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2883
2884 ;;;***
2885 \f
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2887 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2889
2890 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2891 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2892 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2893
2894 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2895 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2896 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2897 as much as possible.
2898
2899 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2900 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2901 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2902 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2903
2904 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2905 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2906 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2907 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2908
2909 ;;;***
2910 \f
2911 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2912 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2914
2915 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2916 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2917
2918 ;;;***
2919 \f
2920 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2921 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2922 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2925
2926 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2927 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2928 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2929 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2930 `make-composition'.
2931
2932 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2933
2934 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2935 | | 1:tc or top-center
2936 | | 2:tr or top-right
2937 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2938 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2939 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2940 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2941 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2942 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2943
2944 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2945 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2946 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2947 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2948 be added.
2949
2950 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2951 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2952 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2953
2954 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2955 | | |
2956 | global| |
2957 | glyph | |
2958 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2959 +----+--*--+
2960 | | new |
2961 | |glyph|
2962 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2963 ")
2964
2965 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2966 Compose characters in the current region.
2967
2968 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2969
2970 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2971 specifying the region.
2972
2973 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2974 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2975
2976 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2977 of the text in the region.
2978
2979 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2980
2981 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2982 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2983 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2984 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2985
2986 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2987 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2988 detail.
2989
2990 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2991 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2992 text in the composition." t nil)
2993
2994 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2995 Decompose text in the current region.
2996
2997 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2998 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2999
3000 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3001 Compose characters in string STRING.
3002
3003 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3004 the characters in it.
3005
3006 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3007 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3008 STRING respectively.
3009
3010 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3011 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3012 `compose-region' for more detail.
3013
3014 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3015 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3016 text in the composition." nil nil)
3017
3018 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3019 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3020
3021 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3022 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3023 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3024 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3025 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3026 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3027 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3028 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3029
3030 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3031 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3032
3033 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3034 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3035
3036 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3037 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3038
3039 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3040 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3041
3042 If no composition is found, return nil.
3043
3044 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3045 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3046
3047 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3048 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3049 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3050
3051 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3052
3053 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3054
3055 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3056 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3057 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3058
3059 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3060
3061 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3062 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3063
3064 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3065 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3066
3067 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3068 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3069 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3070 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3071 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3072
3073 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3074 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3075
3076 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3077 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3078
3079 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3080 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3081 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3082 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3083 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3084 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3085 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3086 nil.
3087
3088 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3089 is:
3090 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3091 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3092
3093 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3094
3095 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3096
3097 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3098 Compose last characters.
3099 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3100 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3101 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3102 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3103 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3104 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3105 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3106
3107 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3108 Convert CHAR to string.
3109 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3110
3111 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3112 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3113 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3114
3115 ;;;***
3116 \f
3117 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3118 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3120
3121 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3122 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3123 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3124
3125 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3126 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3127 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3128
3129 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3130 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3131 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3132 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3133
3134 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3135 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3136
3137 ;;;***
3138 \f
3139 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3140 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3142
3143 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3144 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3145 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3146 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3147 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3148 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3149
3150 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3151 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3152
3153 ;;;***
3154 \f
3155 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3156 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3158
3159 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3160 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3161 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3162 Tab indents for Perl code.
3163 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3164 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3165
3166 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3167 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3168 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3169 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3170 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3171 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3172 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3173 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3174 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3175 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3176 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3177 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3178
3179 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3180
3181 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3182 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3183
3184 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3185
3186 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3187 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3188 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3189 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3190 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3191 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3192 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3193 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3194 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3195
3196 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3197
3198 bite if angry;
3199
3200 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3201 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3202 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3203 to nil.)
3204
3205 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3206 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3207 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3208
3209 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3210
3211 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3212 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3213 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3214 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3215 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3216
3217 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3218
3219 if (A) { B }
3220
3221 into
3222
3223 B if A;
3224
3225 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3226
3227 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3228 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3229 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3230 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3231 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3232 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3233 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3234 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3235 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3236 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3237 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3238 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3239 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3240
3241 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3242 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3243 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3244 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3245 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3246 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3247
3248 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3249 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3250 man via menu.
3251
3252 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3253 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3254 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3255 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3256 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3257
3258 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3259 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3260 span the needed amount of lines.
3261
3262 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3263 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3264 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3265 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3266
3267 Variables controlling indentation style:
3268 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3269 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3270 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3271 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3272 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3273 `cperl-auto-newline'
3274 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3275 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3276 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3277 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3278 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3279 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3280 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3281 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3282 `cperl-indent-level'
3283 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3284 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3285 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3286 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3287 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3288 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3289 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3290 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3291 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3292 `cperl-brace-offset'
3293 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3294 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3295 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3296 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3297 `cperl-label-offset'
3298 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3299 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3300 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3301
3302 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3303 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3304 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3305 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3306 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3307
3308 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3309 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3310 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3311 \(both available from menu).
3312
3313 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3314 column 0 is indented on
3315 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3316
3317 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3318 with no args.
3319
3320 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3321 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3322 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3323
3324 ;;;***
3325 \f
3326 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3327 ;;;;;; (14568 36509))
3328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3329
3330 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3331 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3332 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3333 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3334 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3335
3336 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3337 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3338
3339 ;;;***
3340 \f
3341 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3342 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3344
3345 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3346 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3347 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3348 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3349
3350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3351 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3352
3353 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3354
3355 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3356
3357 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3358 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3359 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3360
3361 ;;;***
3362 \f
3363 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3364 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3366
3367 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3368 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3369 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3370 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3371
3372 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3373 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3374 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3375 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3376
3377 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3378 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3379 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3380
3381 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3382 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3383 'bob', and 'eve'.
3384
3385 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3386 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3387 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3388
3389 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3390
3391 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3392 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3393 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3394
3395 ;;;***
3396 \f
3397 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3398 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3399 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3400 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3401 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3402 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3403 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3404 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3405 ;;;;;; (14599 11147))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3407 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3408
3409 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3410 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3411
3412 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3413 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3414
3415 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3416 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3417
3418 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3419
3420 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3421 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3422
3423 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3424 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3425
3426 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3427 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3428
3429 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3430 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3431
3432 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3433 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3434
3435 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3436
3437 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3438 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3439 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3440 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3441
3442 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3443 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3444
3445 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3446 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3447
3448 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3449 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3450
3451 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3452
3453 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3454 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3455 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3456 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3457 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3458
3459 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3460 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3461
3462 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3463 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3464
3465 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3466
3467 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3468 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3469
3470 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3471 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3472 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3473 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3474 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3475
3476 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3477 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3478 version." t nil)
3479
3480 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3481
3482 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3483 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3484 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3485
3486 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3487 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3488 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3489
3490 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3491 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3492
3493 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3494 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3495
3496 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3497 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3498
3499 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3500 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3501 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3502 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3503 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3504 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3505 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3506
3507 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3508 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3509 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3510
3511 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3512 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3513
3514 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3515 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3516
3517 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3518 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3519 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3520 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3521 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3522 that option." nil nil)
3523
3524 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3525 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3526 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3527 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3528 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3529 that option." nil nil)
3530
3531 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3532 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3533
3534 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3535 File used for storing customization information.
3536 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3537 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3538 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3539
3540 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3541 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3542 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3543 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3544
3545 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3546 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3547
3548 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3549 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3550
3551 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3552 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3553 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3554
3555 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3556 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3557 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3558 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3559 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3560
3561 ;;;***
3562 \f
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3564 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3566
3567 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3568 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3569
3570 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3571 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3572 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3573
3574 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3575
3576 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3577 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3578 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3579
3580 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3581
3582 ;;;***
3583 \f
3584 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3585 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
3586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3587
3588 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3589 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3590
3591 ;;;***
3592 \f
3593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3594 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3596
3597 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3598 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3599
3600 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3601 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3602 C++ modes are included.
3603
3604 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3605
3606 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3607 Turn on CWarn mode.
3608
3609 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3610 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3611
3612 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3613 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3614
3615 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3616
3617 ;;;***
3618 \f
3619 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3620 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
3621 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
3622 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3623
3624 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3625 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3626
3627 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3628 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3629
3630 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3631 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3632 For readability, the table is slightly
3633 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3634
3635 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3636 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3637 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3638 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3639 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3640
3641 ;;;***
3642 \f
3643 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3644 ;;;;;; (14568 46430))
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3646
3647 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3648
3649 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3650
3651 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3652 Completion on current word.
3653 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3654 and presents suggestions for completion.
3655
3656 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3657 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3658 completions.
3659
3660 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3661 then it searches *all* buffers.
3662
3663 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3664 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3665
3666 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3667 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3668
3669 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3670 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3671 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3672 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3673 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3674
3675 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3676 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3677
3678 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3679 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3680 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3681
3682 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3683 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3684
3685 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3686
3687 ;;;***
3688 \f
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3690 ;;;;;; 38927))
3691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3692
3693 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3694 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3695
3696 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3697 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3698 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3699
3700 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3701 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3702 Data lines are not indented.
3703
3704 Key bindings:
3705
3706 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3707 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3708
3709 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3710 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3711 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3712 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3713
3714 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3715
3716 dcl-basic-offset
3717 Extra indentation within blocks.
3718
3719 dcl-continuation-offset
3720 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3721
3722 dcl-margin-offset
3723 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3724
3725 dcl-margin-label-offset
3726 Indentation for a label.
3727
3728 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3729 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3730
3731 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3732 dcl-block-end-regexp
3733 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3734 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3735 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3736 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3737 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3738
3739 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3740 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3741 Two such functions are included in the package:
3742 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3743 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3744
3745 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3746 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3747 One such function is included in the package:
3748 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3749
3750 dcl-tab-always-indent
3751 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3752 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3753 margin.
3754
3755 dcl-electric-characters
3756 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3757 typed.
3758
3759 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3760 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3761 which words trigger electric indentation.
3762
3763 dcl-tempo-comma
3764 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3765 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3766 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3767
3768 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3769 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3770 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3771 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3772
3773 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3774 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3775 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3776 dcl-imenu-label-call
3777 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3778
3779 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3780 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3781 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3782 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3783
3784
3785 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3786
3787 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3788 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3789 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3790 $ i = 1
3791 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3792 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3793 $ label:
3794 $ if i.eq.1
3795 $ then
3796 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3797 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3798 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3799 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3800 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3801 \"lined up with the command line\"
3802 $ type sys$input
3803 Data lines are not indented at all.
3804 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3805 $ endif
3806 $
3807 " t nil)
3808
3809 ;;;***
3810 \f
3811 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3812 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3814
3815 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3816
3817 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3818 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3819 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3820 of the evaluator.
3821
3822 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3823 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3824 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3827 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3828 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3829 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3830 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3831 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3832 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3835 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3836 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3837
3838 ;;;***
3839 \f
3840 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3841 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3843
3844 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3845 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3848 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3849 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3850 Upper-case letters are commands.
3851
3852 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3853 modify it.
3854
3855 The most useful commands are:
3856 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3857 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3858 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3859 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3860 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3861 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3862
3863 ;;;***
3864 \f
3865 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3866 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3868
3869 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3870 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3871
3872 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3873
3874 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3876
3877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3878
3879 ;;;***
3880 \f
3881 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3882 ;;;;;; 12112))
3883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3884
3885 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3886 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3887 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3888 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3889 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3890 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3891
3892 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3893
3894 Customization:
3895
3896 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3897 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3898 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3899 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3900 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3901 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3902 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3903 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3905 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3906 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3907 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3908 blank line.
3909 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3910 Directories to search when finding external units.
3911 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3912 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3913
3914 Coloring:
3915
3916 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3917 Face used to color delphi comments.
3918 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3919 Face used to color delphi strings.
3920 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3921 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3922 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3923 Face used to color everything else.
3924
3925 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3926 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3927
3928 ;;;***
3929 \f
3930 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3931 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3932 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3933
3934 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3935
3936 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3937 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3938 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3939 positive.
3940
3941 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3942 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3943 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3944 any selection." t nil)
3945
3946 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3947 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3948 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3950 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3951
3952 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3953
3954 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3955
3956 ;;;***
3957 \f
3958 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
3959 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3961
3962 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3963 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3964 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3965 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3966 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3967
3968 ;;;***
3969 \f
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3971 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
3972 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3973
3974 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3975 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3976 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3979 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3980 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3981 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3982
3983 ;;;***
3984 \f
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3986 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3987 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3988 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3989 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3990 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3991 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
3992 ;;;;;; (14623 45988))
3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3994
3995 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3996 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3997 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3998
3999 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4000 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4001 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4002
4003 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4004 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4005 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4006 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4007
4008 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4009 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4010 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4011 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4014 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4015
4016 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4017 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4018 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4019
4020 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4021 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4022
4023 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4026
4027 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4028
4029 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4030 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4031
4032 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4033
4034 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4035 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4036
4037 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4038
4039 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4040
4041 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4042
4043 ;;;***
4044 \f
4045 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4046 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
4047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4048
4049 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4050 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4051 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4052 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4053 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4054
4055 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4056 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4057 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4058
4059 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4060 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4061 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4062 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4063
4064 #!/bin/sh
4065 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4066 emacs -batch \\
4067 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4068 european-calendar-style t \\
4069 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4070 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4071 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4072
4073 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4074 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4075 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4076 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4077
4078 ;;;***
4079 \f
4080 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4081 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4082 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4083
4084 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4085 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4086
4087 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4088 *The command to use to run diff.")
4089
4090 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4091 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4092 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4093 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4094 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4095
4096 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4097 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4098 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4099 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4100 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4101
4102 ;;;***
4103 \f
4104 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4105 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
4106 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4107
4108 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4109 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4110 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4111 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4112 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4113 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4114
4115 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4116 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4117 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4118
4119 ;;;***
4120 \f
4121 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4122 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4123 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4124 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4125 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14625 18742))
4126 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4127
4128 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4129 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4130 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4131 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4132 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4133
4134 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4135 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4136
4137 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4138 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4139 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4140 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4141 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4142
4143 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4144 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4145
4146 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4147 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4148 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4149 always set this variable to t.")
4150
4151 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4152 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4153 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4154 A value of t means move to first file.")
4155
4156 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4157 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4158 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4159 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4160 are afterward marked with that character.")
4161
4162 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4163 *Controls marking of copied files.
4164 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4165 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4166
4167 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4168 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4169 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4170 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4171
4172 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4173 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4174 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4175 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4176
4177 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4178 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4179 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4180 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4181
4182 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4183
4184 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4185 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4186 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4187 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4188
4189 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4190 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4191 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4192 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4193 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4194 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4195 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4196 list of files to make directory entries for.
4197 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4198 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4199 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4200 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4201
4202 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4203 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4204
4205 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4206 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4207 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4208
4209 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4210 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4211
4212 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4213 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4214
4215 ;;;***
4216 \f
4217 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace-regexp dired-do-search
4218 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
4219 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4220 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4221 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4222 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4223 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4224 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4225 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4226 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4227 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4228 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4229 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14625 18672))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4231
4232 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4233 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4234 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4235 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4236 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4237 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4238
4239 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4240 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4241 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4242 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4243 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4244 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4245
4246 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4247 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4248 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4249
4250 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4251 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4252
4253 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4254 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4255
4256 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4257 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4258 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4259 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4262 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4263 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4264 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4265 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4266
4267 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4268
4269 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4270 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4271 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4272
4273 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4274 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4275 instead of att the end of the command.
4276
4277 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4278 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4279 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4280
4281 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4282 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4283
4284 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4285 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4286
4287 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4288 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4289 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4290 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4291 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4292 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4293
4294 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4295
4296 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4297 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4298
4299 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4300 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4301
4302 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4303 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4304
4305 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4306 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4307 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4308 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4309
4310 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4311
4312 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4313
4314 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4315
4316 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4317
4318 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4319
4320 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4321 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4322
4323 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4324 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4325 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4326 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4327 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4328 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4329 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4330
4331 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4332 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4333 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4334 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4335 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4336 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4339 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4340 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4341 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4342 and new hard links are made in that directory
4343 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4344
4345 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4346 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4347 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4348 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4349
4350 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4351 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4352 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4353 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4354 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4355 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4356
4357 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4358 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4359
4360 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4361 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4362 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4363
4364 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4365 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4366 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4367
4368 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4369 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4370 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4371
4372 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4374
4375 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4376 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4377
4378 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4379 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4380 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4381 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4382 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4383 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4384 this subdirectory.
4385 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4386
4387 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4388 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4389 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4390 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4391 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4392 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4393 this subdirectory.
4394 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4395
4396 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4397 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4398 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4399
4400 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4401 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4402 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4403 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4404
4405 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4406 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4407 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4408 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4409
4410 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4411 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4412 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4413
4414 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4415 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4416
4417 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4418 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4419
4420 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4421 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4422 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4423 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4424
4425 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4426 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4427 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4428 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4429
4430 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4431 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4432 Stops when a match is found.
4433 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4434
4435 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4436 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4437 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4438 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4439 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4440
4441 ;;;***
4442 \f
4443 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4445
4446 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4447 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4448 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4449 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4450 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4451 buffer and try again." t nil)
4452
4453 ;;;***
4454 \f
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4457
4458 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4459 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4460 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4461
4462 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4463
4464 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4465 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4466
4467 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4468 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4469 " nil nil)
4470
4471 ;;;***
4472 \f
4473 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4474 ;;;;;; 9615))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4476
4477 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4478 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4479 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4480 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4481 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4482 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4483
4484 ;;;***
4485 \f
4486 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4487 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4488 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4489 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4490 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4491 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4492
4493 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4494 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4495
4496 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4497 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4498 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4499 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4500 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4501
4502 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4503 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4504 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4505 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4506 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4507
4508 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4509 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4510
4511 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4512 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4513
4514 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4515 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4516
4517 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4518 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4519
4520 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4521 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4522
4523 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4524 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4525 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4526 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4527
4528 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4529 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4530 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4531 X frame." nil nil)
4532
4533 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4534 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4535
4536 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4537
4538 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4539 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4540
4541 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4542 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4543 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4544 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4545
4546 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4547 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4548 European character display.
4549
4550 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4551 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4552 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4553 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4554
4555 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4556 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4557 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4558 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4559 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4560
4561 ;;;***
4562 \f
4563 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4564 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4566
4567 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4568 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4569 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4570 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4571 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4572 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4573 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4574 Default is 2." t nil)
4575
4576 ;;;***
4577 \f
4578 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4580
4581 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4582 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4583
4584 ;;;***
4585 \f
4586 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4587 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4588 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4589
4590 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4591 Toggle Double mode.
4592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4593 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4594
4595 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4596
4597 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4598
4599 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4600 Toggle Double mode.
4601 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4602
4603 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4604 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4605
4606 ;;;***
4607 \f
4608 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4610
4611 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4612 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4613
4614 ;;;***
4615 \f
4616 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4617 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4619
4620 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4621 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4622
4623 ;;;***
4624 \f
4625 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4626 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4627 ;;;;;; (14552 48943))
4628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4629
4630 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4631
4632 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4633 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4634 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4635 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4636
4637 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4638 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4639 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4640 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4641 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4642 in order to build a valid keymap.
4643 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4644 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4645
4646 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4647
4648 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4649
4650 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4651 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4652
4653 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4654
4655 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4656 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4657 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4658 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4659 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4660 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4661 hooks for the new mode.
4662
4663 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4664
4665 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4666
4667 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4668 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4669 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4670
4671 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4672 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4673
4674 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4675 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4676 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4677
4678 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4679 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4680
4681 ;;;***
4682 \f
4683 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4684 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14574
4685 ;;;;;; 18612))
4686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4687
4688 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4689 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4690 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4691 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4692
4693 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4694 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4695
4696 :filter FUNCTION
4697
4698 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4699 menu displayed.
4700
4701 :visible INCLUDE
4702
4703 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4704 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4705
4706 :active ENABLE
4707
4708 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4709 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4710
4711 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4712
4713 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4714
4715 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4716
4717 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4718 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4719
4720 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4721 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4722
4723 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4724
4725 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4726
4727 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4728
4729 :keys KEYS
4730
4731 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4732 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4733 computed automatically.
4734 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4735
4736 :key-sequence KEYS
4737
4738 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4739 menu item.
4740 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4741 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4742 keyboard equivalent.
4743
4744 :active ENABLE
4745
4746 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4747 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4748
4749 :included INCLUDE
4750
4751 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4752 expression has a non-nil value.
4753
4754 :suffix NAME
4755
4756 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4757
4758 :style STYLE
4759
4760 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4761 defined:
4762
4763 toggle: A checkbox.
4764 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4765 radio: A radio button.
4766 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4767 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4768 menu bar itself.
4769 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4770
4771 :selected SELECTED
4772
4773 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4774 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4775
4776 :help HELP
4777
4778 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
4779
4780 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4781 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4782 as a solid horizontal line.
4783
4784 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4785
4786 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4787
4788 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4789 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4790 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4791 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4792
4793 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4794 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4795 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4796 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4797 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4798 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4799
4800 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4801 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4802 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4803
4804 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4805 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4806
4807 ;;;***
4808 \f
4809 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4810 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4811 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4812 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4813 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4815
4816 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4817 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4818
4819 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4820 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4821
4822 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4823 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4824 it to the printer.
4825
4826 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4827 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4828 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4829 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4830
4831 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4832 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4833 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4834
4835 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4836 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4837 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4838 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4839
4840 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4841
4842 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4843 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4844 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4845
4846 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4847
4848 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4849 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4850
4851 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4852 The EPS file name has the following form:
4853
4854 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4855
4856 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4857 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4858
4859 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4860 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4861 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4862 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4863
4864 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4865
4866 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4867 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4868
4869 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4870 The EPS file name has the following form:
4871
4872 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4873
4874 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4875 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4876
4877 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4878 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4879 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4880 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4881
4882 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4883
4884 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4885
4886 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4887 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4888
4889 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4890 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4891
4892 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4893 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4894
4895 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4896 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4897
4898 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4899 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4900
4901 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4902 Set STYLE to current style.
4903
4904 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4905
4906 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4907 Reset current style.
4908
4909 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4910
4911 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4912 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4913
4914 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4915
4916 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4917 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4918
4919 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4920
4921 ;;;***
4922 \f
4923 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
4924 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
4925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14613
4926 ;;;;;; 26536))
4927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
4928
4929 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
4930 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
4931 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
4932 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
4933 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
4934 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
4935
4936 Tree mode key bindings:
4937 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
4938
4939 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
4940 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
4941
4942 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil)
4943
4944 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
4945 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
4946 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
4947 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
4948
4949 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
4950 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
4951 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
4952
4953 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
4954 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
4955 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
4956 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
4957
4958 ;;;***
4959 \f
4960 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4961 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4962 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4963
4964 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4965 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4966 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4967 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4968
4969 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4970 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4971 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4972
4973 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4974 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4975 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4976
4977 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4978
4979 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4980
4981 ;;;***
4982 \f
4983 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4984 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4986
4987 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4988 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4989 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4990
4991 ;;;***
4992 \f
4993 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4994 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14583 8560))
4995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4996
4997 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4998 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4999 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5000 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5001 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5002
5003 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5004 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5005 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5006 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5007
5008 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5009 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5010 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5011 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5012
5013 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5014 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5015 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5016 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5017
5018 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5019
5020 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5021 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5022 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5023 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5024 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5025
5026 ;;;***
5027 \f
5028 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5029 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5030 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5031 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5032 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5033 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5034 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5035 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5036 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5037 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5039
5040 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5041 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5042
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5044 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5045
5046 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5047
5048 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5049
5050 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5051 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5052
5053 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5054
5055 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5056 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5057
5058 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5059
5060 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5061 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5062 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5063 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5064
5065 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5066
5067 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5068 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5069 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5070 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5071
5072 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5073
5074 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5075 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5076 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5077 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5078
5079 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5080
5081 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5082 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5083 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5084 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5085
5086 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5087
5088 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5089 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5090 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5091 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5092 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5093 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5094
5095 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5096 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5097 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5098 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5099
5100 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5101
5102 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5103 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5104 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5105 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5106
5107 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5108
5109 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5110
5111 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5112 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5113 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5114 follows:
5115 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5116 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5117
5118 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5119 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5120 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5121 follows:
5122 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5123 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5124
5125 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5126 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5127 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5128 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5129 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5130
5131 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5132 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5133 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5134 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5135 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5136 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5137
5138 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5139
5140 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5141 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5144 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5145
5146 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5147
5148 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5149 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5150
5151 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5152 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5153
5154 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5155 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5156 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5157 buffer." t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5160 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5161 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5162 buffer." t nil)
5163
5164 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5165 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5166 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5167 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5168
5169 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5170 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5171 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5172 and don't ask the user.
5173 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5174 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5175
5176 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5177 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5178
5179 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5180
5181 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5182
5183 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5184 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5185 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5186 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5187
5188 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5189
5190 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5191 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5192 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5193
5194 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5195 Display Ediff's manual.
5196 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5197
5198 ;;;***
5199 \f
5200 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5201 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5202 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5203
5204 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5205
5206 ;;;***
5207 \f
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5210
5211 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5212
5213 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5214
5215 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5216
5217 ;;;***
5218 \f
5219 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5220 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5221 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5222
5223 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5224 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5225
5226 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5227
5228 ;;;***
5229 \f
5230 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5231 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5232 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5233
5234 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5235 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5236 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5237 which see." t nil)
5238
5239 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5240 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5241 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5242 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5243
5244 ;;;***
5245 \f
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5247 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5248 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5249 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5250 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5251
5252 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5253 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5254 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5255
5256 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5257 Edit a keyboard macro.
5258 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5259 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5260 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5261 its command name.
5262 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5263
5264 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5265 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5266
5267 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5268 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5269
5270 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5271 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5272 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5273 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5274 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5275 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5276
5277 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5278 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5279 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5280 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5281
5282 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5283 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5284 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5285 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5286 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5287 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5288
5289 ;;;***
5290 \f
5291 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5292 ;;;;;; 33724))
5293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5294
5295 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5296 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5297
5298 ;;;***
5299 \f
5300 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5301 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5302 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5303
5304 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5305 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5306 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5307 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5308 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5309 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5310 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5311 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5312
5313 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5314 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5315
5316 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5317 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5318 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5319 this value is non-nil.
5320
5321 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5322 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5323 things.
5324
5325 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5326 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5327 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5328
5329 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5330
5331 ;;;***
5332 \f
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5334 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5336
5337 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5338 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5339
5340 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5341 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5342 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5343 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5344 from the documentation string if possible.
5345
5346 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5347 instead.
5348
5349 This variable is buffer-local.")
5350
5351 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5352 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5353 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5354
5355 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5356 of the mode.
5357 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5358 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5359
5360 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5361 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5362
5363 ;;;***
5364 \f
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5366 ;;;;;; 17971))
5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5368
5369 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5370 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5371
5372 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5373 an elided material again.
5374
5375 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5376
5377 ;;;***
5378 \f
5379 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5380 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5381 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5382
5383 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5384 Initialize elint." t nil)
5385
5386 ;;;***
5387 \f
5388 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5389 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5390 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5392
5393 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5394 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5395 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5396
5397 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5398 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5399 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5402 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5403 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5404
5405 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5406 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5407 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5408
5409 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5412 Display current profiling results.
5413 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5414 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5415 displayed." t nil)
5416
5417 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5418 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5419
5420 ;;;***
5421 \f
5422 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5423 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5425
5426 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5427 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5428 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5429
5430 ;;;***
5431 \f
5432 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5433 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5434 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5435 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5436 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5438
5439 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5440
5441 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5442
5443 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5444
5445 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5446
5447 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5448
5449 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5450
5451 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5452
5453 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5454
5455 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5456
5457 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5458 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5459
5460 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5461 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5462
5463 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5464 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5467 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5468
5469 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5470
5471 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5472
5473 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5474
5475 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5476
5477 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5478 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5479
5480 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5481 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5482
5483 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5484
5485 ;;;***
5486 \f
5487 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5488 ;;;;;; (14516 181))
5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5490
5491 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5492 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5493 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5494
5495 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5496 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5497 automatically.
5498
5499 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5500 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5501 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5502
5503 ;;;***
5504 \f
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5506 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5508
5509 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5510 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5511 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5512 text/enriched format.
5513 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5514
5515 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5516 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5517
5518 Commands:
5519
5520 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5521
5522 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5523
5524 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5525
5526 ;;;***
5527 \f
5528 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5529 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5530 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5531 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5532 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5533 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14600
5534 ;;;;;; 21015))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5536
5537 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5538 *File name of tags table.
5539 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5540 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5541 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5542 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5543
5544 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5545 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5546 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5547 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5548
5549 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5550 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5551 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5552 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5553 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5554 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5555
5556 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5557 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5558 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5559 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5560 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5561
5562 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5563 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5564 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5565 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5566
5567 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5568 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5569 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5570 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5571 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5572
5573 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5574 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5575 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5576 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5577
5578 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5579 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5580 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5581 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5582 file the tag was in." t nil)
5583
5584 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5585 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5586 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5587 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5588 without directory names." nil nil)
5589
5590 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5591 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5592 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5593 but does not select the buffer.
5594 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5595
5596 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5597 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5598 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5599 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5600 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5601
5602 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5603
5604 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5605 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5606 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5607
5608 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5609
5610 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5611 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5612 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5613 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5614
5615 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5616 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5617 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5618 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5619 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5620
5621 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5622
5623 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5624 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5625 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5626
5627 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5628 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5629
5630 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5631 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5632 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5633 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5634 around or before point.
5635
5636 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5637 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5638 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5639 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5640 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5641
5642 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5643
5644 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5645 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5646 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5647
5648 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5649 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5650
5651 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5652 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5653 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5654 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5655 around or before point.
5656
5657 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5658 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5659 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5660 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5661 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5662
5663 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5664
5665 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5666 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5667 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5668
5669 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5670 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5671
5672 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5673 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5674 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5675
5676 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5677 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5678 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5679 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5680 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5681
5682 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5683
5684 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5685 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5686 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5687
5688 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5689 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5690 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5691
5692 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5693 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5694
5695 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5696 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5697 where they were found." t nil)
5698
5699 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5700 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5701
5702 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5703 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5704 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5705
5706 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5707 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5708
5709 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5710 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5711
5712 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5713 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5714 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5715 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5716
5717 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5718 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5719 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5720 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5721 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5722 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5723
5724 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5725 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5726 Stops when a match is found.
5727 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5728
5729 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5730
5731 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5732 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5733 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5734 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5735 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5736
5737 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5738
5739 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5740 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5741 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5742 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5743 directory specification." t nil)
5744
5745 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5746 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5749 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5750 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5751 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5752
5753 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5754 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5755 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5756 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5757 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5758
5759 ;;;***
5760 \f
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5762 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5763 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5764 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5765 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5766 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5767 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
5768 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
5769 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5770
5771 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5772
5773 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5774 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5775 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5776 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5777
5778 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5779 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5780 language.
5781
5782 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5783 even if the buffer is read-only.
5784
5785 See also the descriptions of the variables
5786 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5787 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5788
5789 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5790 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5791
5792 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5793 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5794
5795 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5796 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5797 language.
5798
5799 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5800 buffer is read-only.
5801
5802 See also the descriptions of the variables
5803 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5804 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5807 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5808 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5809
5810 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5811 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5812
5813 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5814 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5815
5816 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5817 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5818
5819 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5820 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5821 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5822 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5825 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5826 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5827 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5828
5829 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5830 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5831 the primary language.
5832
5833 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5834 buffer is read-only.
5835
5836 See also the descriptions of the variables
5837 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5838 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5839
5840 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5841 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5842 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5843 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5844
5845 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5846 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5847 primary language.
5848
5849 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5850 buffer is read-only.
5851
5852 See also the descriptions of the variables
5853 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5854 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5855
5856 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5857 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5858 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5859
5860 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5861 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5862
5863 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5864 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5865 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5866 3) convert the body into SERA.
5867
5868 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5869
5870 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5871 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5872 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5875 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5876
5877 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5878 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5879
5880 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5881 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5882 be 1, 2, or 3.
5883
5884 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5885 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5886 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5887
5888 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5889
5890 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5891 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5892
5893 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5894 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5895 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5898 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5899
5900 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5901 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5902
5903 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5904 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5905
5906 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5907 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5908
5909 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5910 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5911
5912 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5913 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5914
5915 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5916 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5921 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5922 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5924
5925 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5926 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5927 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5928 server for future sessions." t nil)
5929
5930 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5931 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5932
5933 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5934 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5935
5936 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5937 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5938 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5939 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5940 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5941 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5942 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5943 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5944 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5945 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5946 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5947 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5948
5949 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5950 Display a form to query the directory server.
5951 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5952 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5953
5954 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5955 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5956 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5957
5958 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
5959
5960 ;;;***
5961 \f
5962 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5963 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5964 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5966
5967 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
5968 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
5969
5970 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
5971 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
5972
5973 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
5974 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
5975
5976 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
5977 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
5978
5979 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
5980 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
5981
5982 ;;;***
5983 \f
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5985 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5987
5988 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
5989 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5990 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
5991
5992 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
5993 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
5994
5995 ;;;***
5996 \f
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
5998 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6000
6001 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6002 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6003
6004 ;;;***
6005 \f
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
6007 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6009
6010 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6011 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6012 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6013 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6014 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6015 executable." t nil)
6016
6017 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6018 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6019 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6020
6021 ;;;***
6022 \f
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6024 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6026
6027 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6028 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6029 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6030 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6031
6032 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6033
6034 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6035 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6036 to generate such functions.
6037
6038 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6039 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6040 beginning of the expanded text.
6041
6042 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6043 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6044 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6045 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6046
6047 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6048
6049 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6050 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6051 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6052
6053 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6054 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6055 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6056 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6057 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6058
6059 ;;;***
6060 \f
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6063
6064 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6065 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6066
6067 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6068 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6069 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6070
6071 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6072
6073 Key definitions:
6074 \\{f90-mode-map}
6075
6076 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6077
6078 f90-do-indent
6079 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6080 f90-if-indent
6081 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6082 f90-type-indent
6083 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6084 f90-program-indent
6085 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6086 (default 2)
6087 f90-continuation-indent
6088 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6089 f90-comment-region
6090 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6091 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6092 f90-indented-comment-re
6093 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6094 (default \"!\")
6095 f90-directive-comment-re
6096 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6097 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6098 f90-break-delimiters
6099 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6100 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6101 f90-break-before-delimiters
6102 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6103 (default t)
6104 f90-beginning-ampersand
6105 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6106 f90-smart-end
6107 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6108 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6109 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6110 f90-auto-keyword-case
6111 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6112 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6113 f90-leave-line-no
6114 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6115 f90-startup-message
6116 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6117 f90-keywords-re
6118 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6119
6120 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6121 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6122
6123 ;;;***
6124 \f
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6126 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6127 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6128 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6129 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6131 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6132 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6133
6134 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6135 Menu keymap for faces.")
6136
6137 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6138
6139 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6140 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6141
6142 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6143
6144 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6145 Menu keymap for background colors")
6146
6147 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6148
6149 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6150 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6151
6152 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6153
6154 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6155 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6156
6157 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6158
6159 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6160 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6161
6162 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6163
6164 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6165 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6166
6167 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6168
6169 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6170
6171 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6172
6173 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6174
6175 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6176 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6177 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6178 will not show through at all will be removed.
6179
6180 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6181
6182 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6183 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6184
6185 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6186 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6187 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6190 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6191 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6192 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6193 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6194 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6195 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6196 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6197
6198 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6199 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6200 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6201 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6202 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6203 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6204 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6205 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6206
6207 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6208 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6209 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6210 is the menu item's name.
6211
6212 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6213 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6214
6215 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6216 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6217 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6218
6219 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6220 Make the region invisible.
6221 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6222 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6223
6224 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6225 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6226 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6227 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6228
6229 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6230 Make the region unmodifiable.
6231 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6232 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6235 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6236
6237 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6238 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6239
6240 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6241 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6242 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6243
6244 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6245 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6246
6247 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6248 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6249
6250 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6251 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6252 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6253 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6254 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6255
6256 ;;;***
6257 \f
6258 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6259 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6261
6262 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6263 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6264 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6265 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6266
6267 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6268
6269 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6270 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6271 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6272
6273 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6274 - When you save the file's buffer.
6275 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6276 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6277 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6278 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6279
6280 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6281
6282 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6283 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6284 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6285 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6288 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6289
6290 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6291
6292 ;;;***
6293 \f
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6295 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6296 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6298
6299 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6300 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6301
6302 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6303 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6304 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6305 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6306
6307 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6308 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6309 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6310 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6311 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6312
6313 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6314 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6315 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6316 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6317 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6318 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6319 internally by feedmail):
6320
6321 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6322 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6323 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6324 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6325
6326 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6327 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6328 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6329 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6330 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6331
6332 ;;;***
6333 \f
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6335 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6337
6338 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6339 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6340 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6341 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6342 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6343 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6344 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6345
6346 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6347 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6348 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6349 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6350 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6351 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6352 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6353
6354 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6355 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6356
6357 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6358 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6359 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6360 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6361 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6362 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6363
6364 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6365 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6366 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6367 Return value:
6368 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6369 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6370 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6371
6372 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6373 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6374
6375 ;;;***
6376 \f
6377 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6378 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6380
6381 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6382 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6383 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6384 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6385 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6386 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6387 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6388 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6389 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6390 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6391
6392 ;;;***
6393 \f
6394 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6395 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6396 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6397
6398 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6399 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6400 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6401 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6402 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6403
6404 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6405 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6406 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6407 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6408
6409 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6410 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6411 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6412
6413 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6414
6415 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6416 as the final argument." t nil)
6417
6418 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6419 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6420 and run dired on those files.
6421 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6422 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6423
6424 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6425
6426 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6427 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6428 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6429
6430 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6431
6432 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6433
6434 ;;;***
6435 \f
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6437 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6438 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6440
6441 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6442 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6443 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6444
6445 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6446
6447 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6448 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6449 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6450
6451 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6452 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6453
6454 Variables of interest include:
6455
6456 - ff-case-fold-search
6457 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6458 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6459
6460 - ff-always-in-other-window
6461 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6462 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6463
6464 - ff-ignore-include
6465 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6466
6467 - ff-always-try-to-create
6468 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6469
6470 - ff-quiet-mode
6471 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6472
6473 - ff-special-constructs
6474 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6475 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6476 extracting the filename from that construct.
6477
6478 - ff-other-file-alist
6479 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6480
6481 - ff-search-directories
6482 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6483 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6484
6485 - ff-pre-find-hooks
6486 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6487
6488 - ff-pre-load-hooks
6489 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6490
6491 - ff-post-load-hooks
6492 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6493
6494 - ff-not-found-hooks
6495 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6496
6497 - ff-file-created-hooks
6498 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6499
6500 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6501 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6502
6503 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6504 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6505
6506 ;;;***
6507 \f
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6509 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6510 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6511 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6512 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6513 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6515
6516 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6517 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6518
6519 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6520 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6521 not selected.
6522
6523 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6524 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6525 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6526
6527 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6528 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6529
6530 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6531 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6532 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6533 it is one of the current buffers.
6534
6535 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6536 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6537 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6538
6539 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6540 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6541
6542 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6543
6544 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6545 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6546
6547 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6550 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6551
6552 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6553 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6554 not selected.
6555
6556 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6557 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6558
6559 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6560 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6561
6562 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6563 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6564 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6565 it is one of the current buffers.
6566
6567 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6568 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6569 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6570
6571 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6572 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6573
6574 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6575
6576 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6577 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6578
6579 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6580
6581 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6582 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6583 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6584
6585 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6586 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6587
6588 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6589 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6590
6591 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6592 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6593
6594 ;;;***
6595 \f
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6597 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6599
6600 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6601 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6602
6603 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6604 Display FILE's commentary section.
6605 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6606
6607 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6608 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6609
6610 ;;;***
6611 \f
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6613 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6615
6616 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6617 Toggle flow control handling.
6618 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6619 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6620
6621 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6622 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6623 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6624 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6625 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6626 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6627
6628 ;;;***
6629 \f
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6631 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6633
6634 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6635 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6636 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6637 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6638 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6639 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6640
6641 Bindings:
6642 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6643 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6644 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6645
6646 Hooks:
6647 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6648
6649 Remark:
6650 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6651 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6652 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6653
6654 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6655 consider adding:
6656 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6657 in your .emacs file.
6658
6659 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6660
6661 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6662
6663 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6664 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6665
6666 ;;;***
6667 \f
6668 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6669 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6670 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6671 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6672
6673 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6674 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6677 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6678
6679 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6680 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6681
6682 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6683 of two major techniques:
6684
6685 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6686 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6687 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6688
6689 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6690 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6691 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6692 movement commands.
6693
6694 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6695 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6696 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6697 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6698 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6699 mileage may vary).
6700
6701 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6702 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6703
6704 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6705
6706 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6707 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6708 \(This is the default.)
6709
6710 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6711 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6712
6713 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6714 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6717 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6718
6719 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6720 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6721 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6722 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6723 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6724 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6725
6726 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6727 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6728 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6729
6730 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6731 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6732 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6733
6734 ;;;***
6735 \f
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6737 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6738 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6739 ;;;;;; (14620 23716))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6741
6742 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6743 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6744
6745 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6746 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6747 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6748
6749 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6750
6751 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6752 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6753 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6754 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6755
6756 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6757 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6758
6759 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6760
6761 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6762 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6763 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6764
6765 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6766
6767 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6768 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6769 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6770 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6771 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6772 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6773
6774 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6775 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6776
6777 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6778 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6779
6780 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6781 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6782 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6783
6784 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6785 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6786
6787 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6788 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6789 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6790
6791 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6792 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6793 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6794
6795 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6796 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6797 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6798
6799 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6800 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6801 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6802 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6803 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6804 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6805 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6806 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6807 end of the current highlighting list.
6808
6809 For example:
6810
6811 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6812 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6813 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6814
6815 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6816 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6817
6818 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6819 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6820 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6821
6822 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6823 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6824
6825 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6826 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6827
6828 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6829 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6830 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6831 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6832 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6833
6834 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6835 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6836
6837 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6838 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6839 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6840 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6842 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6843
6844 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6845
6846 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6847
6848 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6849 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6850
6851 ;;;***
6852 \f
6853 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6854 ;;;;;; (14551 28678))
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6856
6857 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6858 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6859 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6860 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6861 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6862
6863 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
6864 compatibility.
6865
6866 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6867 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6868
6869 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6870
6871 ;;;***
6872 \f
6873 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6874 ;;;;;; 9680))
6875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6876
6877 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6878 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6879 \\<message-mode-map>
6880 key binding
6881 --- -------
6882
6883 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6884 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6885 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6886 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6887 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6888 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6889 " t nil)
6890
6891 ;;;***
6892 \f
6893 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6894 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6896
6897 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6898 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6899
6900 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6901 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6902 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6903 C-c < forms-first-record <
6904 C-c > forms-last-record >
6905 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6906 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6907 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6908 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6909 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6910 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6911 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6912 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6913 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6914 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6915 " t nil)
6916
6917 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6918 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6919
6920 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6921 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6922
6923 ;;;***
6924 \f
6925 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6926 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
6927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6928
6929 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6930 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6931 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6932 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6933 with a character in column 6.")
6934
6935 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6936 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6937 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6938 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6939
6940 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6941 Fortran keywords.
6942
6943 Key definitions:
6944 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6945
6946 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6947
6948 `comment-start'
6949 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6950 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6951 `fortran-do-indent'
6952 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6953 `fortran-if-indent'
6954 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6955 `fortran-structure-indent'
6956 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6957 (default 3)
6958 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6959 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6960 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6961 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6962 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6963 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6964 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6965 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6966 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6967 (for TAB format continuation style).
6968 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6969 indentation for a line of code.
6970 (default 'fixed)
6971 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6972 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6973 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6974 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6975 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6976 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6977 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6978 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6979 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6980 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6981 column 5. (default 1)
6982 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6983 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6984 statements. (default nil)
6985 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6986 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6987 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6988 statement. (default nil)
6989 `fortran-continuation-string'
6990 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6991 line. (default \"$\")
6992 `fortran-comment-region'
6993 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6994 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6995 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6996 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6997 as typed. (default t)
6998 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6999 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7000 (default t)
7001
7002 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7003 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7004
7005 ;;;***
7006 \f
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7008 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7010
7011 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7012 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7013
7014 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7015 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7016
7017 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7018 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7019 function.
7020
7021 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7022 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7023 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7024 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7025 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
7026 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7027
7028 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7029 Each keyword should be a string.
7030
7031 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7032 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7033
7034 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
7035 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7036 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7037
7038 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7039
7040 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7041
7042 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7043 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7044 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7045 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7046
7047 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7048 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7049
7050 ;;;***
7051 \f
7052 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7053 ;;;;;; (14609 53573))
7054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7055
7056 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7057 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7058 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7059 at places they belong to." t nil)
7060
7061 ;;;***
7062 \f
7063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7064 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7066
7067 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7068 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7069
7070 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7071 Read network news.
7072 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7073 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7074 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7075 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7076 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7077
7078 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7079 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7080
7081 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7082 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7085 Read network news.
7086 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7087 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7088 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7089
7090 ;;;***
7091 \f
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7093 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7094 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
7095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7096
7097 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7098 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7099
7100 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7101 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7104 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7105 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7106 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7107
7108 \(gnus-agentize)
7109
7110 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7111 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7112 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7115 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7116
7117 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7118
7119 ;;;***
7120 \f
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7122 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7124
7125 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7126 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7127
7128 ;;;***
7129 \f
7130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7131 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7132 ;;;;;; 49293))
7133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7134
7135 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7136 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7137
7138 Usage:
7139 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7142 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7145 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7146
7147 ;;;***
7148 \f
7149 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7150 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7152
7153 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7154 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7155 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7158 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7159
7160 ;;;***
7161 \f
7162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7163 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7165
7166 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7167
7168 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7169 Run batched scoring.
7170 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7171
7172 ;;;***
7173 \f
7174 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7175 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7177
7178 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7179 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7180 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7181
7182 ;;;***
7183 \f
7184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7185 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7187
7188 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7189 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7190 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7191 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7192 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7193
7194 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7195 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7196
7197 ;;;***
7198 \f
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7200 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7202
7203 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7204 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7205 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7206 for matching on group names.
7207
7208 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7209 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7210
7211 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7212
7213 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7214
7215 ;;;***
7216 \f
7217 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7218 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7220
7221 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7222 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7223
7224 ;;;***
7225 \f
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7227 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7229
7230 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7231 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7234 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7235
7236 ;;;***
7237 \f
7238 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7239 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7241
7242 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7243 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7244
7245 ;;;***
7246 \f
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7249
7250 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7251 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7252 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7253 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7254 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7255
7256 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7257 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7258 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7259
7260 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7261 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7262 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7263
7264 ;;;***
7265 \f
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7267 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7269
7270 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7271 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7272 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7273 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7274 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7277 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7278 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7279 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7280 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7281
7282 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7283 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7284 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7285 or to send e-mail.
7286 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7287
7288 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7289 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7290
7291 ;;;***
7292 \f
7293 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7295
7296 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7297 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7298 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7299 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7300 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7301
7302 ;;;***
7303 \f
7304 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7305 ;;;;;; (14599 26515))
7306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7307
7308 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7309 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7310 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7311 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7314 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7315 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7316 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7319 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7320 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7321 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7324 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7325 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7326 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7327
7328 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7329 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7330
7331 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7332 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7334 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7335
7336 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7337 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7338 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7339 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7342 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7343 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7344 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7345 between it and it's value." t nil)
7346 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7347
7348 ;;;***
7349 \f
7350 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7351 ;;;;;; 23942))
7352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7353
7354 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7355 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7356 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7357 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7358
7359 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7360 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7361 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7362 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7363
7364 ;;;***
7365 \f
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7367 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7369
7370 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7371 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7374 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7375 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7376 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7377
7378 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7379
7380 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7381 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7382 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7383 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7384 to be updated." t nil)
7385
7386 ;;;***
7387 \f
7388 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7389 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7390 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7391
7392 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7393 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7394 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7395 and window listing and describing the options.
7396 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7397 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7398
7399 ;;;***
7400 \f
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7402 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7404
7405 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7406 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7409 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7410
7411 ;;;***
7412 \f
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7414 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7416
7417 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7418 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7419 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7420 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7421 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7422
7423 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7424 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7425
7426 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7427 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7428 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7429 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7430
7431 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7432 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7433 periods.
7434
7435 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7436 in hexl format.
7437
7438 A sample format:
7439
7440 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7441 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7442 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7443 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7444 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7445 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7446 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7447 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7448 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7449 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7450 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7451 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7452 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7453 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7454 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7455
7456 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7457 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7458 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7459
7460 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7461 also supported.
7462
7463 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7464
7465 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7466 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7467 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7468
7469 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7470 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7471 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7472
7473 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7474 into the buffer at the current point.
7475
7476 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7477 into the buffer at the current point.
7478
7479 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7480 into the buffer at the current point.
7481
7482 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7483
7484 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7485 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7486
7487 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7488
7489 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7490
7491 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7492 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7493 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7494
7495 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7496 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7497 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7498
7499 ;;;***
7500 \f
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7502 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7504
7505 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7506 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7507
7508 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7509 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7510 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7511 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7512 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7513 how the hiding is done:
7514
7515 hide-ifdef-env
7516 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7517 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7518 is used.
7519
7520 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7521 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7522 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7523 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7524 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7525
7526 hide-ifdef-lines
7527 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7528 #endif lines when hiding.
7529
7530 hide-ifdef-initially
7531 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7532 is activated.
7533
7534 hide-ifdef-read-only
7535 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7536 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7537
7538 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7539
7540 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7541 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7542
7543 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7544 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7545
7546 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7547 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7548
7549 ;;;***
7550 \f
7551 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7552 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7554
7555 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7556 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7557
7558 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7559 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7560 Each element has the form
7561 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7562
7563 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7564 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7565
7566 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7567 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7568
7569 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7570 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7571 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7572 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7573 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7574
7575 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7576 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7577
7578 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7579 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7580
7581 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7582 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7583 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7584
7585 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7586 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7587 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7588 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7589 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7590 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7591
7592 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7593 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7594 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7595
7596 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7597 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7598
7599 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7600
7601 Key bindings:
7602 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7603
7604 ;;;***
7605 \f
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7607 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7608 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7609 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7611
7612 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7613
7614 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7615 Remove the change face from the region.
7616 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7617
7618 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7619 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7620
7621 Without an argument,
7622 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7623 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7624 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7625
7626 With an argument,
7627 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7628 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7629 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7630
7631 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7632 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7633 not displayed in a different face.
7634
7635 Functions:
7636 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7637 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7638 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7639 buffer with the contents of a file
7640 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7641 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7642 various faces.
7643
7644
7645 Hook variables:
7646 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7647 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7648 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7649 " t nil)
7650
7651 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7652 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7653
7654 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7655 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7656
7657 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7658 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7659
7660 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7661 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7662 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7663 shown in the last face in the list.
7664
7665 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7666 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7667 buffer to be saved):
7668 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7669 " t nil)
7670
7671 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7672 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7673
7674 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7675 and not in read-only mode.
7676
7677 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7678 when called interactively.
7679
7680 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7681 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7682 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7683
7684 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7685 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7686 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7687
7688 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7689 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7690
7691 When called interactively:
7692 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7693 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7694 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7695 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7696
7697 When called from a program:
7698 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7699 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7700 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7701 - otherwise just turn it on
7702
7703 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7704 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7705 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7706 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7707
7708 ;;;***
7709 \f
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7711 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7712 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7713 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7714 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7715 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7716
7717 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7718 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7719 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7720 or insert functions in this list.")
7721
7722 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7723 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7724
7725 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7726 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7727
7728 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7729 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7730
7731 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7732 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7733
7734 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7735 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7736 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7737
7738 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7739 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7740 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7741 \(as atoms)")
7742
7743 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7744 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7745 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7746 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7747 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7748
7749 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7750 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7751 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7752 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7753 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7754 expansions.
7755 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7756 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7757 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7758
7759 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7760 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7761 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7762 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7763
7764 ;;;***
7765 \f
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7767 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7769
7770 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7771 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7773 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7774
7775 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7776
7777 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7778
7779 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7780 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7781
7782 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7783 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7784 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7785
7786 ;;;***
7787 \f
7788 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7789 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7790 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7791
7792 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7793 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7794
7795 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7796 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7797
7798 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7799
7800 ;;;***
7801 \f
7802 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7803 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7804 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7805
7806 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7807 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7808
7809 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7810 This function is absolete." t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7813 This function is absolete." t nil)
7814
7815 ;;;***
7816 \f
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7818 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7820
7821 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7822 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7823 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7824
7825 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7826 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7827 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7828
7829 ;;;***
7830 \f
7831 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7833
7834 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7835 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7836 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7837 Tab indents for Icon code.
7838 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7839 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7840 \\{icon-mode-map}
7841 Variables controlling indentation style:
7842 icon-tab-always-indent
7843 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7844 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7845 icon-auto-newline
7846 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7847 inserted in Icon code.
7848 icon-indent-level
7849 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7850 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7851 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7852 icon-continued-statement-offset
7853 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7854 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7855 icon-continued-brace-offset
7856 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7857 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7858 icon-brace-offset
7859 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7860 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7861 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7862 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7863
7864 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7865 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7866
7867 ;;;***
7868 \f
7869 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7870 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7872
7873 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7874 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7875 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7876 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7877
7878 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7879 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7880 separate frames.
7881
7882 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7883
7884 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7885 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7886 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7887
7888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7889
7890 ;;;***
7891 \f
7892 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7893 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7895
7896 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7897 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7898
7899 The main features of this mode are
7900
7901 1. Indentation and Formatting
7902 --------------------------
7903 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7904 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7905
7906 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7907 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7908 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7909 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7910
7911 Comments are indented as follows:
7912
7913 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7914 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7915 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7916
7917 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7918
7919 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7920 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7921 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7922 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7923 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7924
7925 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7926 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7927 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7928
7929 2. Routine Info
7930 ------------
7931 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7932 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7933 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7934 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7935 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7936 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7937 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7938
7939 3. Completion
7940 ----------
7941 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7942 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7943 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7944 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7945 upper case.
7946
7947 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7948 --------------------------------
7949 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7950 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7951
7952 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7953 \\fu FUNCTION template
7954 \\c CASE statement template
7955 \\f FOR loop template
7956 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7957 \\w WHILE loop template
7958 \\i IF statement template
7959 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7960 \\b BEGIN
7961
7962 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7963 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7964
7965 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7966 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7967 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7968
7969 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7970 -------------------------
7971 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7972 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7973
7974 6. Automatic END completion
7975 ------------------------
7976 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7977 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7978
7979 7. Hooks
7980 -----
7981 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7982 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7983
7984 8. Documentation and Customization
7985 -------------------------------
7986 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7987 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7988 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7989 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7990 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
7991
7992 9. Keybindings
7993 -----------
7994 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
7995 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
7996 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
7997
7998 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
7999
8000 ;;;***
8001 \f
8002 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8004 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8005
8006 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8007 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8008 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8009
8010 ;;;***
8011 \f
8012 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8013 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8014 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14598 54652))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8016
8017 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8018 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8019 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8020 be determined." nil nil)
8021
8022 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8023 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8024 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8025 be determined." nil nil)
8026
8027 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8028 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8029 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8030
8031 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8032 Create an image.
8033 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8034 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8035 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8036 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8037 use its file extension.as image type.
8038 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8039 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8040 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
8041 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8042
8043 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8044 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8045 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8046 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8047 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8048 image.
8049 POS may be an integer or marker.
8050 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8051 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8052 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8053 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8054
8055 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8056 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8057 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8058 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
8059 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8060 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8061 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8062 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8063
8064 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8065 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8066 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8067 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8068
8069 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8070 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8071
8072 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8073 documentation string.
8074
8075 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8076 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8077 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8078 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8079 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8080 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8081 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8082 define SYMBOL." nil nil)
8083
8084 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8085 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8086
8087 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8088 documentation string.
8089
8090 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8091 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8092 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8093 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8094 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8095 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8096 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8097 define SYMBOL.
8098
8099 Example:
8100
8101 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8102 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8103
8104 ;;;***
8105 \f
8106 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8107 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8109
8110 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8111 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8112
8113 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8114
8115 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8116 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8117 in the buffer.
8118
8119 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8120
8121 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8122 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8123 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8124
8125 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8126 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8127
8128 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8129 to create a buffer index.
8130
8131 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8132 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8133 or like this:
8134 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8135 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8136 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8137 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8138 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8139
8140 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8141 entries are not nested.
8142
8143 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8144 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8145 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8146 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8147
8148 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8149 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8150
8151 The variable is buffer-local.
8152
8153 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8154 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8155 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8156
8157 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8158 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8159 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8160 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8161
8162 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8163
8164 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8165 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8166
8167 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8168 of the current buffer as an alist.
8169
8170 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8171 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8172 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8173 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8174 if it is a sub-alist.
8175
8176 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8177
8178 The variable is buffer-local.")
8179
8180 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8181
8182 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8183 Function for finding the next index position.
8184
8185 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8186 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8187 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8188 file.
8189
8190 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8191 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8192
8193 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8194
8195 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8196
8197 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8198 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8199
8200 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8201 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8202 It should return the name for that index item.
8203
8204 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8205
8206 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8207
8208 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8209 Function to compare string with index item.
8210
8211 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8212 non-nil if they match.
8213
8214 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8215 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8216 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8217 arguments match\".
8218
8219 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8220
8221 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8222
8223 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8224 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8225 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8226
8227 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8228
8229 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8230
8231 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8232 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8233 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8234 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8237 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8238
8239 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8240
8241 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8242 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8243 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8244 for more information." t nil)
8245
8246 ;;;***
8247 \f
8248 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8249 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8251
8252 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8253 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8254 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8255 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8256 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8257
8258 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8259 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8260
8261 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8262 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8263 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8264 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8265 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8266 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8267 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8268 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8269
8270 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8271 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8272 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8273 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8274 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8275
8276 More precise choices:
8277 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8278 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8279 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8280
8281 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8282
8283 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8284 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8285
8286 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8287 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8288 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8289 to that buffer.
8290 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8291 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8292 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8293 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8294 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8295
8296 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8297
8298 ;;;***
8299 \f
8300 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8301 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
8302 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14581 64356))
8303 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8304
8305 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8306 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8307 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8308
8309 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8310 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8311 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8312 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8313 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8314 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8315
8316 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8317 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8318
8319 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8320 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8321 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8322
8323 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8324 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8325 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8326 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8327
8328 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
8329 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
8330
8331 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8332 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8333 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8334 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8335 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8336
8337 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8338 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8339 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8340 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8341 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8342 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8345 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8346 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8347
8348 ;;;***
8349 \f
8350 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8351 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8352 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8354
8355 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8356 Throw away all cached data.
8357 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8358 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8359 system." t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8362 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8363 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8364 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8365 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8366 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8367
8368 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8369
8370 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8371 Display the documentation of a file.
8372 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8373 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8374 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8375 The default file name is the one found at point.
8376
8377 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8380 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8381
8382 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8383 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8384
8385 ;;;***
8386 \f
8387 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8388 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8389 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8390
8391 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8392 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8393
8394 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8395 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8396 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8397
8398 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8399 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8400 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8401
8402 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8403 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8404 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8405 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8408 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8409 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8410
8411 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8412 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8413 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8414 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8415 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8416
8417 ;;;***
8418 \f
8419 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8420 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8421 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8423
8424 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8425 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8428 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8431
8432 ;;;***
8433 \f
8434 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8435 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8437
8438 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8439 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8440 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8441 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8442 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8443 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8444
8445 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8446 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8447
8448 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8449 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8450 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8451 \"s gives German sharp s.
8452 /a gives a with ring.
8453 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8454 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8455 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8456 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8457
8458 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8459 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8460
8461 ;;;***
8462 \f
8463 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8464 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
8465 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
8466 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
8467 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8468
8469 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8470 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8471 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8472 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8473 `format-alist')." t nil)
8474
8475 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8476 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8477 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8478 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8479 `format-alist')." t nil)
8480
8481 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8482 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8483 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8484 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8485 `format-alist')." t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8488 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8489 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8490 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8491 `format-alist')." t nil)
8492
8493 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8494 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8495 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8496 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8497 `format-alist')." t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8500 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8501 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8502 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8503 `format-alist')." t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8506 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8507 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8508 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8509 `format-alist')." t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
8512 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
8513 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8514 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8515 `format-alist')." t nil)
8516
8517 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8518 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8519 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8520 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8521 `format-alist')." t nil)
8522
8523 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8524 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8527 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8530 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8531
8532 ;;;***
8533 \f
8534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8535 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8537 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8538 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8539 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8540
8541 ;;;***
8542 \f
8543 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8544 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8545 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8546 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8547 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8548 ;;;;;; (14587 2706))
8549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8550
8551 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8552 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8553
8554 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8555 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8556
8557 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8558 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8559
8560 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8561 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8562 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8563 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8564
8565 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8566 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8567 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8568
8569 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8570
8571 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8572
8573 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8574
8575 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8576
8577 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8578
8579 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8580
8581 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8582 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8583
8584 Each element of this list is also a list:
8585
8586 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8587 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8588
8589 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8590 nil means the default dictionary.
8591
8592 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8593 word.
8594
8595 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8596
8597 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8598 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8599 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8600 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8601 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8602 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8603 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8604 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8605 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8606
8607 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8608 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8609 single word.
8610
8611 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8612 subprocess.
8613
8614 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8615 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8616 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8617 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8618 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8619 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8620 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8621 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8622
8623 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8624
8625 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8626 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8627 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8628
8629 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8630 Key map for ispell menu.")
8631
8632 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8633 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8634 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8635 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8636
8637 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8638
8639 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8640
8641 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
8642
8643 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
8644
8645 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8646
8647 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8648 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8649 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8650 Valid forms include:
8651 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8652 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8653 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8654 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8655
8656 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8657 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8658 First list is used raw.
8659 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8660
8661 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8662 for skipping in latex mode.")
8663
8664 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8665
8666 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8667 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8668 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8669 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8670
8671 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8672 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8673 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8674 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8675 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8676
8677 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8678 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8679
8680 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8681
8682 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8683 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8684
8685 return values:
8686 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8687 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8688 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8689 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8690 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8693 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8694
8695 Selections are:
8696
8697 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8698 SPC: Accept word this time.
8699 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8700 `a': Accept word for this session.
8701 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8702 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8703 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8704 `?': Show these commands.
8705 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8706 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8707 the aborted check to be completed later.
8708 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8709 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8710 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8711 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8712 `C-l': redraws screen
8713 `C-r': recursive edit
8714 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8715
8716 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8717 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8718 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8719
8720 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8721 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8722 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8723
8724 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8725
8726 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8727
8728 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8729 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8730 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8731 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8732
8733 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8734 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8735
8736 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8737 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8738
8739 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8740 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8741
8742 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8743 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8744 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8745 sequence inside of a word.
8746
8747 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8748
8749 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8750 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8751
8752 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8753 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8754 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8755
8756 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8757 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8758
8759 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8760 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8761
8762 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8763 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8764 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8765 Don't check included messages.
8766
8767 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8768 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8769 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8770
8771 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8772 in your .emacs file:
8773 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8774 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8775 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8776 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8777
8778 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8779 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8780 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8781
8782 ;;;***
8783 \f
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8785 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8786 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14619 3306))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8788
8789 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8790 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8791 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8792 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8793 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8794 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8797 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8798 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8799 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8800
8801 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8802 Switch to another buffer.
8803
8804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8805 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8806 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8807 in another frame.
8808 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8809
8810 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8811 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8813 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8814
8815 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8816 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8817 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8818 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8819
8820 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8821 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8822 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8823 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8824
8825 ;;;***
8826 \f
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8828 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8829 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
8830 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14623 45991))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8832
8833 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8834
8835 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8836 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8837 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8838 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8839 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8840 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8841 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8842 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8843
8844 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8845 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8846 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8847 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8850 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8851 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8852 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8853 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8854
8855 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8856 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8857 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8858 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8861 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8862 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8863 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8864
8865 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8866 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8867
8868 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8869 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8870 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8871 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8872 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8873
8874 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8875 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8876 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8877 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8878 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8879
8880 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8881 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8882 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8883
8884 ;;;***
8885 \f
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8887 ;;;;;; (14577 45436))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8889
8890 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8891 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8892 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8893 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8894
8895 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8896 following ways:
8897
8898 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8899 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8900 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8901 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8902 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8903
8904 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8905 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8906 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8907 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8908
8909 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8910 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8911 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8912 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8913 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8914 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8915 strings or comments span lines.
8916
8917 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8918 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8919 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8920 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8921
8922 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8923 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8924
8925 ;;;***
8926 \f
8927 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8928 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8930
8931 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8932 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8934 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8935
8936 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8937
8938 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8939 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8940 "\
8941 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8942 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8943 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8944 (interactive "P")
8945 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8946 (progn
8947 (require 'jka-compr)
8948 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8949 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8950 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8951
8952 ;;;***
8953 \f
8954 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8955 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8957
8958 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8959 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8960 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8961
8962 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8963 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8964 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8965 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8966 shorter.
8967
8968 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8969 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8970 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8971
8972 ;;;***
8973 \f
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8975 ;;;;;; 39823))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8977
8978 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8979 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8980 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8981 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8982 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8983 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8984 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8985
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
8989 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8991
8992 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8993 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8994 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8995
8996 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9001 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9003
9004 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9005
9006 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9007 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9008
9009 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9010
9011 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9012 Start or resume an Lm game.
9013 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9014 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9015
9016 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9017 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9018 none / 1 | yes | no
9019 2 | yes | yes
9020 3 | no | yes
9021 4 | no | no
9022
9023 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9024 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9025 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9026
9027 ;;;***
9028 \f
9029 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9030 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9031 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14623 45991))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9033
9034 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9035
9036 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9037 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9038 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9039 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9040 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9041 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9042
9043 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9044 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9045
9046 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9047 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9048
9049 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9050 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9051 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9052 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9053 to compose.
9054
9055 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9056
9057 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9058
9059 ;;;***
9060 \f
9061 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9062 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9064
9065 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9066 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9067 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9068 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9069
9070 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9071
9072 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9073
9074 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9075 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9076 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9077 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9078 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9079 for large buffers.
9080
9081 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9082 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9083 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9084 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9085 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9086
9087 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9088 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9089 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9090 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9091 slow to keep up with your typing.
9092
9093 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9094 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9095 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9096 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9097 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9098 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9099
9100 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9101 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9102 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9103 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9104
9105 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9106 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9107 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9108 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9109
9110 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9111 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9112 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9113 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9114 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9115
9116 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9117 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9122 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9124
9125 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9126 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9127
9128 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9129 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9130
9131 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9132 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9133
9134 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9135 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9136 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9137 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9138 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9139 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9140 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9141 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9142 and transmit saved text.
9143 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9144 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9145 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9146
9147 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9153
9154 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9155 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9156 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9157 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9158 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9159
9160 ;;;***
9161 \f
9162 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
9163 ;;;;;; 16155))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9165
9166 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9167 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9168 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9169 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9174 ;;;;;; (14563 8348))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9176
9177 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9178 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9179 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9180
9181 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9182 Run the locate command with a filter.
9183
9184 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9185 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9186
9187 ;;;***
9188 \f
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14619 3306))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9191
9192 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9193 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9194 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9195 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9196 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9197 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9198 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9199 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9200
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14619
9204 ;;;;;; 3306))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9206
9207 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9208 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9209
9210 ;;;***
9211 \f
9212 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9213 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563
9214 ;;;;;; 22518))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9216
9217 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9218 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9219 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9220
9221 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9222 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9223
9224 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9225 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9226 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9227 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9228 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9229 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9230 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9231
9232 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9233 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9234 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9235 switch on this list.
9236 See `lpr-command'.")
9237
9238 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9239 *Name of program for printing a file.
9240
9241 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9242 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9243 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9244 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9245 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9246 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9247 argument.")
9248
9249 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9250 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9251 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9252 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9253
9254 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9255 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9256
9257 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9258 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9259 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9260 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9261
9262 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9263 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9264
9265 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9266 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9267
9268 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9269 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9270 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9271 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9272
9273 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9274 Paginate and print the region contents.
9275
9276 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9277 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9278 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9279 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9280
9281 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9282 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9283
9284 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9285 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9286
9287 ;;;***
9288 \f
9289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9291
9292 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9293 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9294 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9295 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9296 package is used.")
9297
9298 ;;;***
9299 \f
9300 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9301 ;;;;;; 53924))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9303
9304 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9305 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9306 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9307
9308 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9309
9310 ;;;***
9311 \f
9312 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9313 ;;;;;; 30919))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9315
9316 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9317 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9318 \\{m4-mode-map}
9319 " t nil)
9320
9321 ;;;***
9322 \f
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9324 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9326
9327 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9328 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9329 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9330 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9331 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9332
9333 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9334 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9335 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9336 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9337
9338 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9339 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9340 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9341 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9342 bindings.
9343
9344 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9345 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9346
9347 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9348 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9349 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9350 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9351 each time the macro executes.
9352 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9353 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9354 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9355 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9356 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9357 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9358 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9361 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9362 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9363
9364 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9365 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9366 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9367 execute.
9368
9369 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9370 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9371
9372 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9373 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9374 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9375 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9376 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9377
9378 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9379 looked like this:
9380
9381 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9382 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9383 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9384
9385 You could enter the names in this format:
9386
9387 foo
9388 bar
9389 baz
9390
9391 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9392
9393 \\C-x (
9394 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9395 \\C-x )
9396
9397 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9398 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9399 " t nil)
9400 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9401
9402 ;;;***
9403 \f
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9405 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9407
9408 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9409 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9410 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9411 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9412
9413 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9414 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9415 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9416 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9417 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9418
9419 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9420 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9421 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9422 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9423
9424 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9425 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9426
9427 ;;;***
9428 \f
9429 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9430 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9431 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9433
9434 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9435 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9436
9437 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9438
9439 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9440 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9441
9442 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9443 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9444 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9445 message.
9446
9447 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9448
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9452 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9453 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9454 ;;;;;; 36191))
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9456
9457 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9458 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9459 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9460 often correct parser.")
9461
9462 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9463
9464 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9465 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9466 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9467 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9468
9469 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9470 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9471 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9472 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9473
9474 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9475 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9476 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9477 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9478
9479 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9480 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9481 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9482 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9483 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9484 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9485
9486 ;;;***
9487 \f
9488 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9489 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14608 9472))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9491
9492 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9493 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9494
9495 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9496 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9497 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9498
9499 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9500 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9501 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9502
9503 ;;;***
9504 \f
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9506 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9507 ;;;;;; 15646))
9508 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9509
9510 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9511 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9512 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9513 king@grassland.com
9514 If `parens', they look like:
9515 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9516 If `angles', they look like:
9517 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9518
9519 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9520 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9521 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9522 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9523 their `Resent-' variants.
9524
9525 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9526 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9527
9528 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9529 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9530 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9531
9532 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9533 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9534 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9535 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9536
9537 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9538 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9539 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9540 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9541
9542 ;;;***
9543 \f
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9545 ;;;;;; (14608 7464))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9547
9548 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9549 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9550 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9551
9552 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9553
9554 In the browser, use the following keys:
9555
9556 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9557
9558 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9559
9560 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9561 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9562
9563 makefile-target-colon:
9564 The string that gets appended to all target names
9565 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9566 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9567
9568 makefile-macro-assign:
9569 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9570 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9571 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9572 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9573 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9574 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9575
9576 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9577 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9578 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9579
9580 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9581 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9582
9583 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9584 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9585 up or down in the browser.
9586
9587 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9588 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9589
9590 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9591 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9592
9593 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9594 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9595 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9596 has been selected in the browser.
9597
9598 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9599 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9600 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9601 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9602 filenames are omitted.
9603
9604 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9605 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9606 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9607 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9608 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9609 the backslash itself intact.
9610 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9611 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9612
9613 makefile-browser-hook:
9614 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9615 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9616
9617 makefile-special-targets-list:
9618 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9619 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9620 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9621
9622 ;;;***
9623 \f
9624 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9625 ;;;;;; 28917))
9626 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9627
9628 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9629 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9630 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9631
9632 ;;;***
9633 \f
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14583 33482))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9636
9637 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9638
9639 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9640 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9641 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9642 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9643 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9644 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9645 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9646
9647 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9648 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9649
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9653 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9654 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9655 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9656 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9657 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9658 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9659 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9660 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9662
9663 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9664 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9665
9666 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9667 king@grassland.com
9668 If `parens', they look like:
9669 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9670 If `angles', they look like:
9671 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9672
9673 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9674 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9675
9676 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9677 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9678
9679 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9680 *Local news organization file.")
9681
9682 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9683 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9684 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9685 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9686
9687 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9688 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9689 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9690
9691 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9692 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9693
9694 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9695 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9696 nil means use indentation.")
9697
9698 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9699 *Function for citing an original message.
9700 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9701 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9702 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9703
9704 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9705 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9706 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9707 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9708 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9709
9710 (defvar message-signature t "\
9711 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9712 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9713 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9714 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9715
9716 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9717 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9718
9719 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9720
9721 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9722 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9723 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9724 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9725 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9726 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9727 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9728 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9729 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9730 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9731 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9732 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9733 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9734 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9735 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9736 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9737 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9738 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9739 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9740 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9741 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9744 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9745 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9748 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9749
9750 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9751 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9752
9753 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9754 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9755
9756 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9757 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9758 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9759
9760 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9761 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9764 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9765 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9766 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9767
9768 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9769 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9770
9771 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9772 Forward the current message via mail.
9773 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9774
9775 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9776 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9777
9778 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9779 Re-mail the current message.
9780 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9781 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9782 you." t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9785 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9786
9787 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9788 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9789
9790 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9791 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9794 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9797 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9798 Works by overstriking characters.
9799 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9800 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9801
9802 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9803 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9804 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9805 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9806
9807 ;;;***
9808 \f
9809 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9810 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9812
9813 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9814 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9815 Special commands:
9816 \\{meta-mode-map}
9817
9818 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9819 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9822 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9823 Special commands:
9824 \\{meta-mode-map}
9825
9826 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9827 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9828
9829 ;;;***
9830 \f
9831 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9832 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9833 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9835
9836 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9837 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9838 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9841 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9842 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9843 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9844 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9845 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9846 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9847
9848 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9849 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9850 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9851 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9852 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9853 means current).
9854 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9855 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9856
9857 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9858 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9859 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9860 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9861 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9862 means current).
9863 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9864 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9865
9866 ;;;***
9867 \f
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9869 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14600 36202))
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9871
9872 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9873 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9874 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9875 to the MH mail system.
9876
9877 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9878
9879 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9880 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9881 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9882 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9883 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9884 that want to create a mail buffer.
9885 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9886
9887 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9888 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9889 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9890 to the MH mail system.
9891
9892 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9895 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9896 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9897 using the MH mail handling system.
9898 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9899 messages.
9900
9901 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9902
9903 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9904
9905 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9906 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9907 the yanked message.
9908
9909 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9910 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9911 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9912 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9913 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9914
9915 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9916 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9917 inserted in a draft letter.
9918
9919 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9920 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9921
9922 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9923
9924 ;;;***
9925 \f
9926 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
9927 ;;;;;; 63447))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9929
9930 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9931 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9932 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9933 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9934
9935 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9936 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9937
9938 ;;;***
9939 \f
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9942
9943 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9944 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9945
9946 ;;;***
9947 \f
9948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9950
9951 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9952
9953 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9954
9955 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9956
9957 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9958
9959 ;;;***
9960 \f
9961 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9962 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9963 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9964
9965 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9966 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9967 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9968 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9969 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9970 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9971 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9972 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9973 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9974 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9975 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9976
9977 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9978 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9979 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9980 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9981
9982 ;;;***
9983 \f
9984 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9985 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9987
9988 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9989 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9990
9991 ;;;***
9992 \f
9993 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9994 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9996
9997 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9998 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9999 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10000 followed by the first character of the construct.
10001 \\<m2-mode-map>
10002 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10003 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10004 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10005 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10006 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10007 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10008 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10009 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10010 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10011 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10012 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10013 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10014 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10015 \\[m2-link] link
10016
10017 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10018 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10019 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10020
10021 ;;;***
10022 \f
10023 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
10024 ;;;;;; 2283))
10025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10026
10027 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10028 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10029 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10030 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10031
10032 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10033
10034 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10035
10036 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10037
10038 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10039 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10040 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10041 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10042 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10043 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10044
10045 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10046 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
10047 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
10048 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10049
10050 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10051 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10052
10053 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10054 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10055
10056 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10057
10058 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10059 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10060 primary selection and region." t nil)
10061
10062 ;;;***
10063 \f
10064 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10066
10067 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10068 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10069
10070 ;;;***
10071 \f
10072 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14625 20437))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10074
10075 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10076 Toggle msb-mode.
10077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10078 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10079
10080 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10081
10082 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10083
10084 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10085 Toggle Msb mode.
10086 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10087 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10088 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10089
10090 ;;;***
10091 \f
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10093 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10094 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10095 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after list-charset-chars
10096 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
10097 ;;;;;; (14621 5038))
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10099
10100 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10101 Display a list of all character sets.
10102
10103 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10104 for internal Emacs use.
10105
10106 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10107 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10108 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10109 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10110 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10111
10112 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10113 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10114 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10115 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10116
10117 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10118 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10119
10120 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10121 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10122 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10123 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10124 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10125
10126 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10127 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10128 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10129 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10130 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10131
10132 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10133 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10134
10135 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
10136 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
10137 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
10138 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
10139 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
10140
10141 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10142 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10143
10144 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10145 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10146
10147 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10148 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10149 at the place of `..':
10150 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10151 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10152 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10153 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10154 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10155 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10156 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10157 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10158 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10159 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10160 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10161 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10162 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10163 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10164 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10165 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10166
10167 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10168 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10169
10170 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10171 Display a list of all coding systems.
10172 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10173
10174 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10175 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10176
10177 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10178 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10179
10180 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10181 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10182
10183 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10184 Display information of FONTSET.
10185 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
10186
10187 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10188 Display a list of all fontsets.
10189 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10190 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10191 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10192
10193 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10194 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10195
10196 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10197 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10198
10199 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10200 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10201 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10202 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10203
10204 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10205 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10206 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10207
10208 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10209 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10210 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10211
10212 ;;;***
10213 \f
10214 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10215 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10216 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10217 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10218 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10219 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10220 ;;;;;; (14568 36382))
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10222
10223 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10224 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10225 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10226
10227 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10228 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10229
10230 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10231 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10232
10233 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10234 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10235
10236 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10237 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10238 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10239 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10240 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10241
10242 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10243 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10244 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10245 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10246 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10247
10248 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10249 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10250
10251 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10252
10253 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10254 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10255
10256 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10257 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10258 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10259
10260 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
10261 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
10262 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10263
10264 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10265 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10266 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10267 is considered.
10268 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10269 longer than KEYSEQ.
10270 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10271
10272 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10273 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10274 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10275 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10276 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10277 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10278 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10279 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10280 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10281 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10282 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10283
10284 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10285 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10286
10287 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10288 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10289
10290 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10291 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10292
10293 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10294 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10295
10296 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10297 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10298
10299 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10300 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10301 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10302 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10303
10304 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10305 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10306 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10307 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10308
10309 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10310 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10311 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10312 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10313
10314 ;;;***
10315 \f
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10318
10319 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10320 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10321
10322 ;;;***
10323 \f
10324 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10325 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10326 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10327 ;;;;;; (14564 29931))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10329
10330 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10331 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10334 Ping HOST.
10335 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10336 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10337
10338 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10339 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10340
10341 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10342
10343 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10344 Run netstat program." t nil)
10345
10346 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10347 Run the arp program." t nil)
10348
10349 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10350 Run the route program." t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10353 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10354
10355 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10356 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10357
10358 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10359 Run dig program." t nil)
10360
10361 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10362 Run ftp program." t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10365 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10366
10367 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10368 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10369 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10370 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10371
10372 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10373
10374 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10375 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10378 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10379
10380 ;;;***
10381 \f
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10383 ;;;;;; 49432))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10385
10386 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10387 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10388 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10389 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10390 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10391 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10392
10393 ;;;***
10394 \f
10395 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10396 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10398
10399 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10400 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10401
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10405 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10407
10408 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10409 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10410 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10411
10412 ;;;***
10413 \f
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10415 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10417
10418 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10419 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10420
10421 ;;;***
10422 \f
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10424 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10426
10427 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10428 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10431 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10434 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10435
10436 ;;;***
10437 \f
10438 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10439 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10441
10442 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10443 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10444 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10445
10446 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10447
10448 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10449 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10450 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10451 to future sessions." t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10454 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10455 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10456 to future sessions." t nil)
10457
10458 ;;;***
10459 \f
10460 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10461 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10463
10464 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10465 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10466 \\{nroff-mode-map}
10467 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10468 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10469 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10470
10471 ;;;***
10472 \f
10473 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10474 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10476
10477 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10478 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10479 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10480 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10481 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10482
10483 ;;;***
10484 \f
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10486 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10488
10489 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10490 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10491 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10492
10493 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10494
10495 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10496 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10497
10498 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10499 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10500 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10501
10502 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10503
10504 ;;;***
10505 \f
10506 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10507 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10509
10510 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10511 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10512
10513 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10514 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10515 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10516 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10517
10518 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10519 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10520 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10521 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10522 is why you need this mode!).
10523
10524 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10525 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10526 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10527
10528 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10529
10530 Keybindings
10531 ===========
10532
10533 \\{octave-mode-map}
10534
10535 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10536 ==============================================
10537
10538 octave-auto-indent
10539 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10540 Default is nil.
10541
10542 octave-auto-newline
10543 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10544 Default is nil.
10545
10546 octave-blink-matching-block
10547 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10548 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10549
10550 octave-block-offset
10551 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10552 Default is 2.
10553
10554 octave-continuation-offset
10555 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10556 Default is 4.
10557
10558 octave-continuation-string
10559 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10560 Default is a backslash.
10561
10562 octave-mode-startup-message
10563 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10564 Default is t.
10565
10566 octave-send-echo-input
10567 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10568 command to the inferior Octave process.
10569
10570 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10571 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10572 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10573
10574 octave-send-echo-input
10575 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10576
10577 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10578
10579 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10580 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10581
10582 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10583 (setq auto-mode-alist
10584 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10585
10586 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10587 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10588
10589 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10590 (lambda ()
10591 (abbrev-mode 1)
10592 (auto-fill-mode 1)
10593 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10594 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10595
10596 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10597 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10598 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10599 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10600
10601 ;;;***
10602 \f
10603 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10604 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10605 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10606
10607 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10608 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10609
10610 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10611 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10612 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10613 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10614 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10615
10616 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10617
10618 ;;;***
10619 \f
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10621 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10623
10624 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10625 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10626 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10627 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10628
10629 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10630 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10631 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10632 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10633
10634 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10635 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10636 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10637 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10638 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10639 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10640
10641 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10642 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10643
10644 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10645 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10646 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10647 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10648 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10649 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10650 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10651 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10652 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10653 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10654 The subheadings remain visible.
10655 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10656
10657 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10658 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10659 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10660
10661 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10662 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10663
10664 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10665 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10666 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10667 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10668
10669 ;;;***
10670 \f
10671 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10672 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10674
10675 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10676 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10677 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10678 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10680 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10681
10682 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10683
10684 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10685
10686 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10687 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10688 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10689 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10690
10691 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10692 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10693
10694 ;;;***
10695 \f
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
10697 ;;;;;; 63078))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10699
10700 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10701 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10702 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10703
10704 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10705 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10706
10707 Other useful functions are:
10708
10709 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10710 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10711 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10712 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10713 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10714 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10715 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10716 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10717 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10718
10719 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10720
10721 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10722 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10723 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10724 Indentation for case statements.
10725 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10726 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10727 mark after an end.
10728 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10729 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10730 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10731 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10732 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10733 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10734 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10735 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10736 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10737 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10738
10739 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10740 pascal-separator-keywords.
10741
10742 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10743 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10744
10745 ;;;***
10746 \f
10747 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10748 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10750
10751 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10752 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10753 The keys affected are:
10754 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10755 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10756 M-Backspace does undo.
10757 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10758 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10759 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10760
10761 ;;;***
10762 \f
10763 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10764 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10766
10767 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10768 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10769
10770 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10771
10772 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10773 which modify the status of the mark.
10774
10775 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10776 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10777
10778 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10779 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10780
10781 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10782 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10783 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10784 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10785 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10786
10787 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10788 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10789
10790 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10791 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10792 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10793
10794 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10795 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10796 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10797
10798 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10799 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10800
10801 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10802 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10803 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10804
10805 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10806 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10807 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10808
10809 F6 other-window
10810 DELETE delete-char
10811 C-DELETE kill-line
10812 M-DELETE kill-word
10813 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10814 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10815 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10816
10817 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10818 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10819 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10820 and cursor movement commands.
10821 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10822 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10823
10824 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10825
10826 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10827
10828 ;;;***
10829 \f
10830 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
10831 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14619 3307))
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
10833
10834 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
10835 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
10836 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
10837 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10838
10839 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
10842 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
10843 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
10844 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10845 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10846 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10847 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10848 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10849
10850 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
10851 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10852 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10853 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10854 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10855 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
10856
10857 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
10858 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10859 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10860 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10861 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10862 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10863 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10864
10865 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
10866
10867 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
10868 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
10869 NIL means never do it.
10870 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
10871 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
10872 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
10873
10874 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
10875
10876 ;;;***
10877 \f
10878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
10880
10881 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
10882
10883 ;;;***
10884 \f
10885 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10886 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10888
10889 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10890 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10891 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10892 Tab indents for Perl code.
10893 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10894 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10895 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10896 \\{perl-mode-map}
10897 Variables controlling indentation style:
10898 perl-tab-always-indent
10899 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10900 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10901 perl-tab-to-comment
10902 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10903 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10904 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10905 perl-nochange
10906 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10907 perl-indent-level
10908 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10909 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10910 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10911 perl-continued-statement-offset
10912 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10913 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10914 perl-continued-brace-offset
10915 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10916 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10917 perl-brace-offset
10918 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10919 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10920 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10921 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10922 perl-label-offset
10923 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10924
10925 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10926 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10927 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10928 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10929 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10930 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10931 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10932
10933 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10934
10935 ;;;***
10936 \f
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10938 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10940
10941 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10942 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10943 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10944 afterwards settable by these commands:
10945 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10946 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10947 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10948 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10949 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10950 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10951 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10952 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10953 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10954 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10955 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10956 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10957 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10958 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10959 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10960 with these commands:
10961 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10962 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10963 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10964 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10965 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10966 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10967 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10968 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10969 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10970 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10971 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10972 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10973 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10974 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10975 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10976 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10977 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10978 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10979 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10980 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10981 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10982 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10983 text is saved in the kill ring.
10984 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10985 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10986 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10987 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10988 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10989 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10990 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10991 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10992 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10993 commands if invoked soon enough.
10994 You can return to the previous mode with:
10995 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10996 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10997
10998 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10999
11000 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
11001 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
11002
11003 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
11004
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
11009
11010 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
11011 Play pong and waste time.
11012 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
11013 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
11014
11015 pong-mode keybindings:
11016 \\<pong-mode-map>
11017
11018 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
11019
11020 ;;;***
11021 \f
11022 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
11023 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
11024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
11025
11026 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
11027 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
11028 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
11029 can handle, whenever this is possible.
11030 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
11031
11032 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
11033 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
11034 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
11035 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
11036 in the variable `values'." t nil)
11037
11038 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
11039 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
11040 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
11041 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
11042
11043 ;;;***
11044 \f
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
11046 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
11048
11049 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
11050 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
11051 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
11052 Commands:
11053 \\{prolog-mode-map}
11054 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
11055 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11056
11057 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
11058 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
11059
11060 ;;;***
11061 \f
11062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
11064
11065 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
11066 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
11067 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
11072 ;;;;;; 3795))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
11074
11075 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
11076 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
11077
11078 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
11079
11080 The following variables hold user options, and can
11081 be set through the `customize' command:
11082
11083 ps-mode-auto-indent
11084 ps-mode-tab
11085 ps-mode-paper-size
11086 ps-mode-print-function
11087 ps-run-prompt
11088 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
11089 ps-run-x
11090 ps-run-dumb
11091 ps-run-init
11092 ps-run-error-line-numbers
11093 ps-run-tmp-dir
11094
11095 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
11096
11097
11098 \\{ps-mode-map}
11099
11100
11101 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
11102 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
11103 The keymap for this second window is:
11104
11105 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
11106
11107
11108 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
11109 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
11110 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
11111 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
11112 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
11113 " t nil)
11114
11115 ;;;***
11116 \f
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
11118 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
11119 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
11120 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14588 21278))
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
11122
11123 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
11124 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
11125
11126 Valid values are:
11127
11128 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11129 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11130 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11131 changed by setting the variable
11132 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11133 The initial value of this variable is
11134 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11135 documentation).
11136
11137 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11138 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11139 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11140 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11141 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11142 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11143 test it.
11144
11145 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11146 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11147 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11148 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11149 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11150 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11151 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11152 use this value, be sure to have installed
11153 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11154 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11155 documentation of this variable).
11156
11157 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11158 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11159 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11160 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11161 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11162 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11163
11164 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11165
11166 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11167 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11168 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11169
11170 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11171
11172 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11173 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11174
11175 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11176
11177 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11178
11179 Returns the value:
11180
11181 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11182
11183 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11184 the sequence." nil nil)
11185
11186 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11187 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11188
11189 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11190 composition.
11191
11192 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11193
11194 Returns the value:
11195
11196 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11197
11198 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11199 the sequence." nil nil)
11200
11201 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11202 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11203
11204 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11205 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11206 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11207
11208 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11209
11210 ;;;***
11211 \f
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11213 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11214 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11215 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11216 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11217 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14602 58229))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11219
11220 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11221 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11222 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11223 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11224
11225 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11226 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11227
11228 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11229 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11230
11231 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11232 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11233 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11234
11235 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11236 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11237 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11238
11239 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11240 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11241 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11242 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11243 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11244
11245 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11246 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11247 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11248
11249 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11250 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11251 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11252 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11253 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11254
11255 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11256 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11257 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11258 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11259
11260 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11261
11262 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11263 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11264 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11265 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11266 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11267
11268 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11269
11270 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11271 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11272 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11273
11274 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11275
11276 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11277 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11278 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11279 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11280 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11281
11282 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11283
11284 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11285 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11286
11287 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11288 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11289 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11290
11291 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11292 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11293 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11294
11295 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11296 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11297 using the current ps-print setup.
11298 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11299 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11300
11301 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11302 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11303 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11304
11305 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11306 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11307 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11308
11309 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11310 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11311
11312 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11313 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11314
11315 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11316 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11317
11318 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11319
11320 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11321
11322 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11323 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11324
11325 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11326 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11327
11328 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11329
11330 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11331
11332 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11333
11334 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11335 foreground and background colors respectively.
11336
11337 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11338 bold - use bold font.
11339 italic - use italic font.
11340 underline - put a line under text.
11341 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11342 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11343 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11344 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11345 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11346
11347 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11348
11349 ;;;***
11350 \f
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11352 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11353 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11354 ;;;;;; (14551 28773))
11355 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11356
11357 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11358 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11359 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11360
11361 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11362 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11363 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11364 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11365 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11366 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11367 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11368
11369 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11370 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11371 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11372 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11373 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11374 shown.
11375 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11376
11377 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11378
11379 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11380 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11381 command to be called.
11382
11383 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11384 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11385 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11386 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11387
11388 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11389 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11390 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11391 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11392 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11393 to t.
11394
11395 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11396 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11397 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11398 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11399
11400 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11401 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11402 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11403 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11404
11405 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11406 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11407 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11408 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11409 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11410 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11411
11412 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11413 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11414 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11415 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11416 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11417 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11418
11419 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11420 covers Quail translation region.
11421
11422 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11423 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11424 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11425 for it) is inserted.
11426
11427 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11428 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11429 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11430
11431 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11432 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11433 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11434
11435 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11436 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11437
11438 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11439 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11440 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11441 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11442 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11443
11444 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11445 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11446 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11447 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11448 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11449 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11450 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11451 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11452 for the translation.
11453 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11454
11455 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11456 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11457
11458 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11459 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11460
11461 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11462 which to install MAP.
11463
11464 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11465
11466 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11467 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11468 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11469 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11470 a function, or a cons.
11471 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11472 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11473 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11474 for the translation.
11475 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11476 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11477 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11478 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11479 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11480
11481 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11482 it is used to handle KEY.
11483
11484 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11485 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11486 current Quail package.
11487
11488 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11489 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11490
11491 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11492 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11493
11494 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11495 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11496 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11497 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11498 of the Emacs source tree.
11499
11500 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11501 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11502
11503 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11504 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11505 of each directory." t nil)
11506
11507 ;;;***
11508 \f
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11510 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11511 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
11512 ;;;;;; 7245))
11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
11514
11515 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11516 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11517 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11518 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11519
11520 To make use of this do something like:
11521
11522 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11523
11524 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11525
11526 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11527
11528 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11529 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11530
11531 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11532 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11533
11534 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11535 is decided." t nil)
11536
11537 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11538
11539 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11540 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11541
11542 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11543 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11544
11545 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11546 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11547
11548 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11549
11550 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11551
11552 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11553 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11554
11555 ;;;***
11556 \f
11557 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
11558 ;;;;;; 16808))
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
11560
11561 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11562 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11563 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11564
11565 ;;;***
11566 \f
11567 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11568 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11570
11571 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11572 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11573
11574 ;;;***
11575 \f
11576 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11577 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
11578 ;;;;;; 49146))
11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11580
11581 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11582 Toggle recentf mode.
11583 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11584 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11585
11586 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11587 were operated on recently." t nil)
11588
11589 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11590 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11591
11592 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11593 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11594
11595 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11596 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11597
11598 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11599 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11600
11601 ;;;***
11602 \f
11603 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
11604 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
11605 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
11606 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
11607 ;;;;;; 23030))
11608 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11609
11610 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11611 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11612 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11613 spaces and tab.
11614
11615 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11616 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11617
11618 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11619 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11620 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11621 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11622 ends.
11623
11624 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11625 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11626 to be deleted." t nil)
11627
11628 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11629 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11630 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11631
11632 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11633 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11634 deleted." nil nil)
11635
11636 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11637 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11638 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11639
11640 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11641 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11642
11643 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11644 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11645
11646 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11647 deleted." t nil)
11648
11649 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11650 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11651
11652 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11653 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11654 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11655 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11656 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11657 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11658 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11659
11660 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11661 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11662
11663 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11664 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11665
11666 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11667 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11668 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11669 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11670
11671 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11672 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11673 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11674 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11675 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11676
11677 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11678 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11679
11680 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11681 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11682
11683 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11684 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11685 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11688 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
11689
11690 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11691 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11692 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11693
11694 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11695 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11696 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11697
11698 ;;;***
11699 \f
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11701 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11703
11704 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11705 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11706
11707 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11708 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11709
11710 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11711 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11712
11713 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11714 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11715 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11716 \\ref macro.
11717
11718 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11719 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11720 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11721
11722 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11723 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11724 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11725
11726 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11727 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11728
11729 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11730 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11731
11732 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11733 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11734 on the menu bar.
11735
11736 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11737
11738 ;;;***
11739 \f
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11741 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11743
11744 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11745 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11746 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11747 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11748 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11749 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11750
11751 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11752
11753 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11754
11755 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11756 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11757 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11758 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11759
11760 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11761 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11762 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11763 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11764
11765 ;;;***
11766 \f
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11768 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11770
11771 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11772 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11773 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11774
11775 To insert new phrases, use
11776 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11777 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11778
11779 To index phrases use one of:
11780
11781 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11782 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11783 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11784 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11785 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11786
11787 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11788 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11789
11790 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11791
11792 Here are all local bindings.
11793
11794 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11795
11796 ;;;***
11797 \f
11798 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11799 ;;;;;; (14619 3367))
11800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11801
11802 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11803 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11804 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11805 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11806 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11807 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11808
11809 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11810 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11811
11812 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11813 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11814 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11815 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11816
11817 ;;;***
11818 \f
11819 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11821
11822 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11823 Repeat most recently executed command.
11824 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11825 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11826 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11827
11828 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11829 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11830 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11831
11832 ;;;***
11833 \f
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11835 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11837
11838 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11839 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11840
11841 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11842 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11843 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11844
11845 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11846 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11847 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11848 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11849 left after that text.
11850
11851 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11852 is non-nil.
11853
11854 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11855 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11856 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11857 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11858
11859 ;;;***
11860 \f
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11862 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11864
11865 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11866 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11867 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11868 visibility of comments that precede it.
11869 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11870 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11871 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11872 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11873 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11874 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11875 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11876 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11877 the comment lines.
11878 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11879 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11880 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11881 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11882 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11883 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11884
11885 ;;;***
11886 \f
11887 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11888 ;;;;;; 50658))
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11890
11891 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11892 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11893
11894 ;;;***
11895 \f
11896 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11897 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11899
11900 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11901 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11902
11903 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11904 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11905
11906 ;;;***
11907 \f
11908 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
11910 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11911
11912 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11913 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11914 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11915 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11916
11917 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11918
11919 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11920 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11921 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11922 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11923
11924 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11925 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11926
11927 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11928 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11929
11930 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11931 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11932 INPUT-ARGS.
11933
11934 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11935 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11936 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11937 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11938 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11939
11940 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11941 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11942 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11943 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11944
11945 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11946 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11947 variable." t nil)
11948
11949 ;;;***
11950 \f
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11952 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
11953 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
11954 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
11955 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
11956 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
11957 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14623 46032))
11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11959
11960 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11961 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11962 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11963 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11964
11965 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11966 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11967 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11968 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11969 value is the user's name.)
11970 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11971
11972 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11973 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11974 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
11975 which normally happens once for each message,
11976 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
11977 To make a change in this variable take effect
11978 for a message that you have already viewed,
11979 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
11980
11981 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
11982 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
11983 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
11984 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
11985
11986 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
11987 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
11988
11989 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
11990 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
11991 A value of nil means don't highlight.
11992 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
11993
11994 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
11995 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
11996
11997 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
11998 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
11999
12000 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
12001 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
12002 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
12003 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
12004 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
12005
12006 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
12007 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
12008
12009 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
12010 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
12011
12012 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
12013 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
12014
12015 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
12016 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
12017
12018 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
12019 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
12020
12021 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
12022 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
12023
12024 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
12025 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
12026
12027 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
12028 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
12029
12030 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
12031 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
12032 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
12033 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
12034
12035 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
12036 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
12037
12038 This is set to nil by default.")
12039
12040 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
12041 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
12042 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
12043 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
12044 until a user explicitly requires it.")
12045
12046 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
12047 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
12048
12049 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
12050 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
12051 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
12052 this feature is required with `require'.")
12053
12054 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
12055 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
12056 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
12057 the message is decoded as normal way.
12058
12059 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
12060 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
12061 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
12062
12063 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
12064 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
12065 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
12066
12067 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
12068 Read and edit incoming mail.
12069 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
12070 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
12071 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
12072
12073 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
12074 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
12075 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
12076 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
12077
12078 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
12079
12080 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
12081 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
12082 All normal editing commands are turned off.
12083 Instead, these commands are available:
12084
12085 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
12086 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
12087 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
12088 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
12089 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
12090 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
12091 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
12092 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
12093 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
12094 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
12095 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
12096 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
12097 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
12098 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
12099 till a deleted message is found.
12100 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
12101 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
12102 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
12103 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
12104 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
12105 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
12106 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
12107 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
12108 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
12109 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
12110 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
12111 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
12112 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
12113 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
12114 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
12115 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
12116 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
12117 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
12118 (label defaults to last one specified).
12119 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
12120 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
12121 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
12122 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
12123 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
12124 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
12125 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
12126 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
12127 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
12128
12129 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
12130 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
12131
12132 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12133 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12134
12135 ;;;***
12136 \f
12137 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12138 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12140
12141 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12142 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12143
12144 ;;;***
12145 \f
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12147 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12148 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12150
12151 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12152 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12153 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12154
12155 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12156 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12157 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12158
12159 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12160
12161 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12162 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12163 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12164 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12165 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12166
12167 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12168 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12169 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12170 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12171 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12172
12173 ;;;***
12174 \f
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12176 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12178
12179 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12180 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12181 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12182 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12183
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12187 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12188 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12190
12191 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12192 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12193 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12194 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12195 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12196 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12197 a file name as a string.")
12198
12199 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12200 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12201 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12202 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12203 buffer visiting that file.
12204 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12205 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12206
12207 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12208 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12209
12210 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12211 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
12212
12213 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12214 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12215
12216 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12217 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12218 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12219 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12220 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12221
12222 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12223 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12224 will be appended with their original headers.
12225
12226 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12227 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12228
12229 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12230 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12231
12232 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12233
12234 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12235 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12236 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12237
12238 ;;;***
12239 \f
12240 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12241 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12242 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12243 ;;;;;; 26387))
12244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12245
12246 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12247 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12248 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12249
12250 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12251 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12252 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12253
12254 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12255 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12256 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12257
12258 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12259 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12260 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12261
12262 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12263 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12264 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12265
12266 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12267 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12268 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12269
12270 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12271 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12272 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12273 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12274
12275 ;;;***
12276 \f
12277 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
12278 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
12279 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
12280 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
12281 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14597 48840))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12283
12284 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12285 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12286
12287 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12288 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12289
12290 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12291 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12294 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12295 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12296
12297 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12298 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12299 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12300 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12301 only look in the To and From fields.
12302 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12303
12304 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12305 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12306 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12307 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12308 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12309
12310 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12311 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12312 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12313 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12314 look in the whole message.
12315 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12316
12317 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12318 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12319 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12320
12321 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12322 *Function to decode summary-line.
12323
12324 By default, `identity' is set.")
12325
12326 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
12327 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
12328 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
12329 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
12330 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
12331 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
12332 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
12333
12334 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
12335 sent by you under different user names.
12336 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
12337
12338 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
12339
12340 ;;;***
12341 \f
12342 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12343 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12345
12346 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12347 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12348 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12349 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12350
12351 ;;;***
12352 \f
12353 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12354 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12356
12357 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12358 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12359 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12360
12361 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12362 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12363
12364 ;;;***
12365 \f
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12367 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12368 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12369 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12371
12372 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12373 *This variable is obsolete.")
12374
12375 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12376
12377 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12378
12379 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12380 *This variable is obsolete.")
12381
12382 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12383 *This variable is obsolete.")
12384
12385 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12386 *This variable is obsolete.")
12387
12388 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12389 *This variable is obsolete.")
12390
12391 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12392 *This variable is obsolete.")
12393
12394 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12395 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12396
12397 ;;;***
12398 \f
12399 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12400 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12402
12403 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12404 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12405 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12406
12407 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12408 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12409 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12410 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12411 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12412 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12413
12414 Commands:
12415 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12416 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12417 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12418 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12419 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12420
12421 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12422 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12423 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12424
12425 Commands:
12426 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12427 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12428 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12429 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12430 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12431 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12432
12433 ;;;***
12434 \f
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12436 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12438
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12440 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12441 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12442
12443 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12444
12445 ;;;***
12446 \f
12447 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12448 ;;;;;; 55098))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12450
12451 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12452 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12453 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12454 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12455
12456 Interesting variables:
12457
12458 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12459 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12460
12461 scribe-electric-quote
12462 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12463
12464 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12465 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12466 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12467
12468 ;;;***
12469 \f
12470 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12471 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12472 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12473 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12474 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14603 14745))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12476
12477 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12478 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12479
12480 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12481 king@grassland.com
12482 If `parens', they look like:
12483 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12484 If `angles', they look like:
12485 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12486 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12487 derived from the envelope-from address.
12488
12489 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12490 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12491 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12492 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12493
12494 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12495 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12496 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12497
12498 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12499 is a privileged operation.")
12500
12501 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12502 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12503 This is done when the message is initialized,
12504 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12505
12506 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12507 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12508 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12509
12510 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12511 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12512
12513 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12514 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12515 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12516 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12517
12518 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12519 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12520
12521 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12522 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12523 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12524
12525 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12526 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12527 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12528 when you first send mail.")
12529
12530 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12531 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12532 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12533 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12534 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12535
12536 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12537 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12538 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12539 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12540 This file need not actually exist.")
12541
12542 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12543 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12544 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12545 If a string, that string is inserted.
12546 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12547 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12548 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12549 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12550
12551 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12552 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12553 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12554 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12555 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12556 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12557 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12558 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12559 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12560 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12561 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12562 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12563 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12564
12565 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12566 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12567 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12568 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12569 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12570 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12571
12572 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12573 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12574 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12575
12576 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12577 User should not set this variable manually,
12578 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12579 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12580 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12581 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12582
12583 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12584 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12585 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12586 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12587
12588 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12589 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12590
12591 \\<mail-mode-map>
12592 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12593
12594 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12595 to move to message header fields:
12596 \\{mail-mode-map}
12597
12598 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12599 when the message is initialized.
12600
12601 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12602 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12603
12604 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12605 is inserted.
12606
12607 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12608 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12609
12610 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12611 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12612
12613 The second through fifth arguments,
12614 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12615 the initial contents of those header fields.
12616 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12617 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12618 original message being replied to, or else an action
12619 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12620 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12621 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12622 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12623 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12624 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12627 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12628
12629 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12630 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12631
12632 ;;;***
12633 \f
12634 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12636
12637 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12638 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12639 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12640 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12641 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12642 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12643
12644 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12645
12646 ;;;***
12647 \f
12648 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12649 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12651
12652 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12653 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12654 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12655 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12656 `sgml-quick-keys'.
12657
12658 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12659 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12660 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12661
12662 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12663 your `.emacs' file.
12664
12665 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12666
12667 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12668 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12669 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12670
12671 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12672 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12673 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12674 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12675 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12676 which this is based.
12677
12678 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12679
12680 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12681 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12682 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12683 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12684
12685 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12686 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12687 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12688
12689 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12690 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12691 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12692 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12693
12694 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12695 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12696 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12697 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12698
12699 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12700
12701 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12702 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
12703 To work around that, do:
12704 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12705
12706 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12707
12708 ;;;***
12709 \f
12710 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12711 ;;;;;; (14624 22794))
12712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12713
12714 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12715
12716 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12717 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12718 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12719 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12720 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12721 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12722
12723 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12724 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12725 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12726 shell-specific features.
12727
12728 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12729 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12730 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12731
12732 \\[sh-case] case statement
12733 \\[sh-for] for loop
12734 \\[sh-function] function definition
12735 \\[sh-if] if statement
12736 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12737 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12738 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12739 \\[sh-select] select loop
12740 \\[sh-until] until loop
12741 \\[sh-while] while loop
12742
12743 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12744 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12745 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12746 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12747 would indent to the way it currently is.
12748 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12749 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12750
12751
12752 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12753 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12754 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12755 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12756 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12757 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12758
12759 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12760 {, (, [, ', \", `
12761 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12762
12763 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12764 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12765 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12766
12767 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12768 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12769
12770 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12771
12772 ;;;***
12773 \f
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12775 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12777
12778 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12779 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12780
12781 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12782 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12783 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12784 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12785 the earlier.
12786
12787 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12788
12789 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12790
12791 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12792 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12793 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12794
12795 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12796 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12797
12798 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12799 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12800 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12801 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12802 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12803 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12804 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12805 emacs version).
12806
12807 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12808 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12809 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12810 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12811 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12812
12813 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12814 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12815 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12816
12817 ;;;***
12818 \f
12819 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12820 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12822
12823 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12824 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12825 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12826 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12827 shell buffer.
12828
12829 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12830 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12831 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12832
12833 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12834
12835 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12836 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12837 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12838 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12839 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12840 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12841 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12842 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12843 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12844 discards input when it starts up.)
12845 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12846 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12847 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12848
12849 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12850 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12851 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12852 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12853 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12854 `default-process-coding-system'.
12855
12856 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12857 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12858 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12859 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12860
12861 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12862 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12863
12864 ;;;***
12865 \f
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12867 ;;;;;; 23740))
12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12869
12870 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12871 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12872 \\{simula-mode-map}
12873 Variables controlling indentation style:
12874 simula-tab-always-indent
12875 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12876 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12877 simula-indent-level
12878 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12879 simula-substatement-offset
12880 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12881 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12882 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12883 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12884 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12885 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12886 simula-label-offset -4711
12887 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12888 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12889 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12890 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12891 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12892 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12893 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12894 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12895 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12896 simula-electric-indent nil
12897 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12898 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12899 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12900 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12901 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12902 or nil if they should not be changed.
12903 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12904 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12905 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12906 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12907
12908 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12909 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12910
12911 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12912 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12913 at all." t nil)
12914
12915 ;;;***
12916 \f
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12918 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12919 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12920 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12921
12922 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12923 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12924
12925 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12926 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12927 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12928 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12929 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12930
12931 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12932 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12933 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12934 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12935 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12936 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12937 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12938
12939 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12940 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12941 ignored." t nil)
12942
12943 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12944 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12945 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12946 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12947 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12948 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12949 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12950
12951 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12952 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12953 ignored." t nil)
12954
12955 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12956 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12957
12958 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12959 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12960 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12961 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12962
12963 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12964 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12965 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12966 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12967
12968 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12969 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12970 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12971
12972 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12973 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
12974
12975 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
12976 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
12977
12978 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
12979 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
12980 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
12981 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
12982 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
12983 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
12984 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
12985 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
12986 nil skipped
12987
12988 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
12989 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
12990 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
12991 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
12992 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
12993 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
12994 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
12995 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
12996
12997 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
12998 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
12999 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
13000 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
13001 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
13002 available:
13003
13004 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
13005 then: insert previously read string once more
13006 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
13007 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
13008 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
13009
13010 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
13011 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
13012
13013 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
13014 Insert the character you type ARG times.
13015
13016 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
13017 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
13018 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
13019 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
13020
13021 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
13022 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
13023 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
13024
13025 ;;;***
13026 \f
13027 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552
13028 ;;;;;; 48942))
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
13030
13031 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
13032 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
13033 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
13034
13035 ;;;***
13036 \f
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
13038 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
13040
13041 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
13042
13043 ;;;***
13044 \f
13045 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
13047
13048 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
13049 Play the Snake game.
13050 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
13051
13052 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
13053
13054 snake-mode keybindings:
13055 \\<snake-mode-map>
13056 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
13057 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
13058 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13059 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
13060 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
13061 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
13062 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
13063
13064 " t nil)
13065
13066 ;;;***
13067 \f
13068 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
13069 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
13070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
13071
13072 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13073 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
13074 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13075 Tab indents for C code.
13076 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13078 \\{snmp-mode-map}
13079 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
13080 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
13081
13082 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13083 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
13084 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13085 Tab indents for C code.
13086 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13087 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13088 \\{snmp-mode-map}
13089 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
13090 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
13091
13092 ;;;***
13093 \f
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
13095 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
13096 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
13097 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
13098
13099 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
13100 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
13101
13102 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
13103 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
13104 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
13105
13106 For example, the form
13107
13108 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
13109 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
13110
13111 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
13112
13113 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
13114 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13115
13116 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13117 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
13118 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
13119 York City.
13120
13121 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13122
13123 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
13124 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13125
13126 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13127 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
13128 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
13129 York City.
13130
13131 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13132
13133 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
13134 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
13135 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
13136 pair.
13137
13138 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13139
13140 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
13141 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
13142 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
13143
13144 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
13145 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
13146
13147 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13148
13149 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13150 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13151 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13152
13153 ;;;***
13154 \f
13155 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13156 ;;;;;; 20348))
13157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13158
13159 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13160 Play Solitaire.
13161
13162 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13163 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13164 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13165 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13166 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13167 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13168 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13169 check after each move or undo)
13170
13171 What is Solitaire?
13172
13173 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13174 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13175 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13176
13177 Le Solitaire
13178 ============
13179
13180 o o o
13181
13182 o o o
13183
13184 o o o o o o o
13185
13186 o o o . o o o
13187
13188 o o o o o o o
13189
13190 o o o
13191
13192 o o o
13193
13194 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13195 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13196 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13197 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13198
13199 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13200 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13201 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13202 this: o o .
13203
13204 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13205 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13206
13207 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13208
13209 o o o
13210
13211 . o o
13212
13213 o o . o o o o
13214
13215 o . o o o o o
13216
13217 o o o o o o o
13218
13219 o o o
13220
13221 o o o
13222
13223 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13224
13225 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13226
13227 ;;;***
13228 \f
13229 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13230 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13231 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13233
13234 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13235 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13236 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13237
13238 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13239 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13240 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13241 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13242 contiguous.
13243
13244 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13245 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13247 the sort order.
13248
13249 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13250 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13251
13252 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13253 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13254 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13255 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13256 is called.
13257
13258 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13259 It should move point to the end of the record.
13260
13261 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13262 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13263 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13264 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13265 starts at the beginning of the record.
13266
13267 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13268 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13269 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13270
13271 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13272 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13273 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13274 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13275 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13276 the sort order." t nil)
13277
13278 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13279 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13280 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13281 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13282 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13283 the sort order." t nil)
13284
13285 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13286 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13287 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13288 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13289 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13290 the sort order." t nil)
13291
13292 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13293 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13294 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13295 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13296 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13297 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13298 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13299 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13300 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13301
13302 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13303 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13304 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13305 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13306 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13307 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13308 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13309 the sort order." t nil)
13310
13311 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13312 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13313 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13314 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13315 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13316 is to be used for sorting.
13317 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13318 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13319 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13320 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13321 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13322
13323 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13324
13325 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13326 the sort order.
13327
13328 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13329 starting with the letter \"f\",
13330 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13331
13332 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13333 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13334 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13335 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13336 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13337 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13338 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13339 the sort order.
13340
13341 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13342 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13343 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13344 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13345 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13346
13347 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13348 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13349 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13350
13351 ;;;***
13352 \f
13353 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13354 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14625 15888))
13355 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13356
13357 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13358
13359 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13360 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13361 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13362 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13363 supported at a time.
13364 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13365 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13366
13367 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13368 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13369 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13370 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13371
13372 ;;;***
13373 \f
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13375 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13376 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13377
13378 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13379
13380 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13381 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13382 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13383 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13384 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13385 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13386
13387 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13388 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13389 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13390 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13391
13392 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13393 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13394 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13395 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13396 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13397
13398 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13399 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13400
13401 ;;;***
13402 \f
13403 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13404 ;;;;;; 43485))
13405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13406
13407 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13408 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13409
13410 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13411 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13412
13413 ;;;***
13414 \f
13415 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13416 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13418
13419 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13420 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13421
13422 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13423 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13424
13425 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13426
13427 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13428
13429 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13430
13431 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13432 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13433 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13434 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13435 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13436 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13437 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13438
13439 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13440
13441 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13442 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13443 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13444 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13445
13446 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13447 entry function you want to use regularly:
13448
13449 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13450
13451 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13452 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13453 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13454 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13455
13456 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13457 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13458 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13459
13460 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13461 Major mode to edit SQL.
13462
13463 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13464 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13465 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13466
13467 \\{sql-mode-map}
13468 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13469
13470 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13471 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13472 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13473 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13474 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13475 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13476
13477 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13478 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13479
13480 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13481 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13482
13483 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13484 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13485 `*SQL*'.
13486
13487 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13488 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13489
13490 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13491 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13492
13493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13495 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13498 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13499 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13500 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13501
13502 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13503 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13504
13505 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13506
13507 ;;;***
13508 \f
13509 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13510 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13511 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13512 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13513 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13514
13515 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13516 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13517
13518 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13519 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13520 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13521 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13522 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13523 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13524
13525 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13526
13527 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13528 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13529 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13530 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13531 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13532 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13533 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13534
13535 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13536 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13537 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13538 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13539 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13540 then complete the stroke with button3.
13541 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13542
13543 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13544 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13545 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13546
13547 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13548 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13549 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13550
13551 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13552 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13553
13554 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13555
13556 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13557 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13558
13559 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13560 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13561
13562 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13563
13564 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13565 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13566 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13567 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13568 mode in all buffers when activated.
13569 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13570 new strokes with
13571
13572 > M-x global-set-stroke
13573
13574 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13575 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13576 strokes with
13577
13578 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13579 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13580
13581 ;;;***
13582 \f
13583 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13584 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13586
13587 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13588 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13589 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13590 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13591 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13592 original message but it does require a few things:
13593
13594 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13595
13596 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13597 reply buffer.
13598
13599 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13600 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13601 original message.
13602
13603 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13604
13605 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13606
13607 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13608 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13609 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13610
13611 ;;;***
13612 \f
13613 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13614 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13615
13616 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13617 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13618 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13619 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13620 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13621
13622 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13623 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13624 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13625 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13626 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13627 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13628 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13629
13630 ;;;***
13631 \f
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13634
13635 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13636 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13637
13638 ;;;***
13639 \f
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13642
13643 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13644 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13645 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13646 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13647 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13648 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13649 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13650
13651 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13652 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13653 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13654 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13655
13656 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13657 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13658
13659 ;;;***
13660 \f
13661 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13662 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13664
13665 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13666 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13667 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13668 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13669 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13670 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13671
13672 Variables controlling indentation style:
13673 tcl-indent-level
13674 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13675 tcl-continued-indent-level
13676 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13677
13678 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13679 documentation for details):
13680 tcl-tab-always-indent
13681 Controls action of TAB key.
13682 tcl-auto-newline
13683 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13684 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13685 tcl-electric-hash-style
13686 Controls action of `#' key.
13687 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13688 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13689 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13690 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13691 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13692 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13693
13694 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13695 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13696 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13697 already exist.
13698
13699 Commands:
13700 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13701
13702 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13703 Run inferior Tcl process.
13704 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13705 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13706
13707 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13708 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13709 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13710
13711 ;;;***
13712 \f
13713 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
13715 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13716
13717 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13718 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13719 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13720 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13721 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13722 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13723 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13724 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13725
13726 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13727 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13728 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13729 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13730
13731 ;;;***
13732 \f
13733 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13734 ;;;;;; 17354))
13735 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13736
13737 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13738 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13739 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13740 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13741 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13742 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13743
13744 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13745 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13746
13747 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13748 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13749
13750 ;;;***
13751 \f
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13753 ;;;;;; 10588))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13755
13756 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13757 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13758 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13759 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13760 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13761 program as keyboard input.
13762
13763 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13764 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13765 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13766 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13767
13768 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13769 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13770 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13771 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13772 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13773
13774 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13775
13776 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13777 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13778 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13779 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13780
13781 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13782 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13783 subprocess started." t nil)
13784
13785 ;;;***
13786 \f
13787 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13789
13790 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13791 Play the Tetris game.
13792 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13793 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13794 as to form complete rows.
13795
13796 tetris-mode keybindings:
13797 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13798 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13799 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13800 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13801 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13802 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13803 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13804 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13805 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13806
13807 " t nil)
13808
13809 ;;;***
13810 \f
13811 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13812 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13813 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13814 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13815 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13816 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13817 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13818 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13820
13821 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13822 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13823
13824 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13825 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13826 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13827 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13828 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13829
13830 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13831 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13832 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13833 if it matches the first line of the file,
13834 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13835
13836 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13837 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13838 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13839 if the variable is non-nil.")
13840
13841 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13842 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13843
13844 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13845 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13846 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13847 See the documentation of that variable.")
13848
13849 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13850 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13851 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13852 See the documentation of that variable.")
13853
13854 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13855 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13856 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13857 See the documentation of that variable.")
13858
13859 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13860 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13861 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13862 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13863
13864 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13865 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13866 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13867
13868 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13869 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13870 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13871 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13872
13873 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13874 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13875 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13876 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13877
13878 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13879 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13880 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13881 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13882
13883 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13884 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13885 for example,
13886
13887 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13888 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13889
13890 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13891 use.")
13892
13893 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13894 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13897
13898 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13899 window system being used. For example,
13900
13901 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13902 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13903
13904 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13905 otherwise.")
13906
13907 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13908 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13909 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13910
13911 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13912 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13913 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13914 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13915 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13916
13917 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13918 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13919
13920 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13921 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13922
13923 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13924 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13925 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13926 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13927 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13928 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13929 says which mode to use." t nil)
13930
13931 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13932
13933 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13934
13935 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13936
13937 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13938 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13939 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13940 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13941 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13942
13943 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13944 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13945 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13946 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13947 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13948 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13949 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13950
13951 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13952 mismatched $'s or braces.
13953
13954 Special commands:
13955 \\{tex-mode-map}
13956
13957 Mode variables:
13958 tex-run-command
13959 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13960 tex-directory
13961 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13962 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13963 tex-dvi-print-command
13964 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13965 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13966 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13967 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13968 tex-dvi-view-command
13969 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13970 tex-show-queue-command
13971 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13972 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13973
13974 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13975 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
13976 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13977
13978 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13979 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
13980 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13981 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13982 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13983
13984 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13985 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13986 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13987 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13988 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13989 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13990 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13991
13992 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13993 mismatched $'s or braces.
13994
13995 Special commands:
13996 \\{tex-mode-map}
13997
13998 Mode variables:
13999 latex-run-command
14000 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14001 tex-directory
14002 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
14003 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14004 tex-dvi-print-command
14005 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14006 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14007 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14008 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14009 tex-dvi-view-command
14010 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14011 tex-show-queue-command
14012 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14013 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14014
14015 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
14016 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
14017 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14020 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
14021 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14022 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14023 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14024
14025 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14026 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14027 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14028 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14029 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14030 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14031 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14032
14033 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14034 mismatched $'s or braces.
14035
14036 Special commands:
14037 \\{tex-mode-map}
14038
14039 Mode variables:
14040 slitex-run-command
14041 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14042 tex-directory
14043 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
14044 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14045 tex-dvi-print-command
14046 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14047 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14048 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14049 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14050 tex-dvi-view-command
14051 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14052 tex-show-queue-command
14053 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14054 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14055
14056 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14057 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
14058 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
14059 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
14062
14063 ;;;***
14064 \f
14065 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
14066 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
14067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
14068
14069 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
14070 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
14071 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14072 name specified in the @setfilename command.
14073
14074 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
14075 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
14076 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
14079 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
14080 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
14081 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
14082 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
14083
14084 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
14085 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
14086 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14087 names specified in the @setfilename command.
14088
14089 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
14090 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
14091 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
14092 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
14093
14094 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
14095 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
14096
14097 ;;;***
14098 \f
14099 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
14100 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
14101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
14102
14103 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
14104 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
14105
14106 It has these extra commands:
14107 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
14108
14109 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
14110 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
14111 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
14112 modified version of TeX input format.
14113
14114 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
14115 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
14116 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
14117 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
14118
14119 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
14120 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
14121 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
14122 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
14123 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
14124 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
14125 in the Texinfo file.
14126
14127 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
14128 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
14129 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
14130 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
14131 move forward past the closing brace.
14132
14133 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
14134 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
14135
14136 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
14137 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
14138 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
14139
14140 Here are the functions:
14141
14142 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
14143 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14144 texinfo-sequential-node-update
14145
14146 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14147 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14148 texinfo-master-menu
14149
14150 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14151
14152 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14153 which menu descriptions are indented.
14154
14155 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14156 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14157 in the region.
14158
14159 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14160 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14161 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14162 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14163
14164 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14165 be the first node in the file.
14166
14167 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
14168 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
14169
14170 ;;;***
14171 \f
14172 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14173 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14174 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14176
14177 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14178 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14179 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14180
14181 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14182 keybindings, are:
14183
14184 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14185 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14186 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14187
14188 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14189 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14190 texinfo-master-menu ()
14191
14192 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14193
14194 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14195 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14196
14197 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14198 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14201 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14202
14203 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14204 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14205 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14206 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14207
14208 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14209 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14210 marked region.
14211
14212 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14213 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14214 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14215 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14216
14217 ;;;***
14218 \f
14219 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14220 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
14221 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14623 45991))
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14223
14224 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14225 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14226 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14227 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14228
14229 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14230 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14231
14232 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14233 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14236
14237 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14238 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14239 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14240 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14241 to compose.
14242
14243 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14244
14245 ;;;***
14246 \f
14247 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14248 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14249 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
14250 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14251
14252 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14253 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14254
14255 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14256 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14257 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14258 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14259 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14260
14261 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14262 a symbol as a valid THING.
14263
14264 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14265 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14266
14267 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14268 Return the THING at point.
14269 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14270 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14271 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14272
14273 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14274 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14275
14276 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14277
14278 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14279
14280 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14281
14282 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14283
14284 ;;;***
14285 \f
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14287 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14288 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
14289 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
14290 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (14623 45991))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14292
14293 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14294 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14295 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14296
14297 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14298 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14299
14300 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14301 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14302 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14303
14304 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14305 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14306
14307 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14308 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14309
14310 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
14311
14312 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
14313
14314 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14315
14316 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14317 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14318 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14319
14320 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14321 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14322 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14323
14324 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14325
14326 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14327
14328 ;;;***
14329 \f
14330 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14331 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14332 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14333
14334 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14335 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14336 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14337 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14338 parameters.
14339 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14340
14341 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14342 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14343 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14344 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14345 parameters.
14346 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14347
14348 ;;;***
14349 \f
14350 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14351 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14619 48411))
14352 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14353
14354 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14355 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14357 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14358
14359 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14360
14361 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14362
14363 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14364 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14365
14366 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14367 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14368 This display updates automatically every minute.
14369 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14370 are displayed as well.
14371 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14372
14373 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14374 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14375 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14376
14377 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14378 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14379 are displayed as well.
14380 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14381
14382 ;;;***
14383 \f
14384 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14385 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
14386 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14387
14388 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14389 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14390 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14391 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14392 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14393 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14394 look like one of the following:
14395 Time-stamp: <>
14396 Time-stamp: \" \"
14397 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14398 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14399 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14400 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14401 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14402 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14403 template." t nil)
14404
14405 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14406 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14407 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14408
14409 ;;;***
14410 \f
14411 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14412 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14413 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14415
14416 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14417
14418 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14419 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14420
14421 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14422 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14423
14424 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14425 Perform an action at time TIME.
14426 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14427 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14428 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14429 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14430 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14431 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14432
14433 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14434
14435 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14436 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14437 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14438 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14439 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14440
14441 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14442
14443 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14444 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14445 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14446 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14447
14448 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14449 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14450 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14451 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14452 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14453
14454 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14455 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14456
14457 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14458 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14459 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14460 The call should look like:
14461 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14462 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14463 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14464 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14465 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14466
14467 ;;;***
14468 \f
14469 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14470 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14472
14473 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14474 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14475 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14476 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14477
14478 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14479 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14480 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14481 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14482 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14483 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14484 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14485
14486 ;;;***
14487 \f
14488 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14489 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14491 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14492 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14493 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14494
14495 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14496 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14497 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14498 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14499 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14500
14501 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14502 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14503 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14504 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14505 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14506
14507 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14508 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14509 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14510 in the menu in two ways:
14511 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14512 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14513 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14514
14515 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14516 keymap or an alist of alists.
14517 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14518 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14519
14520 ;;;***
14521 \f
14522 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-insert-item)
14523 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14619 58196))
14524 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
14525
14526 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
14527 Insert new TODO list entry.
14528 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
14529 category." t nil)
14530
14531 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
14532 Print todo summary using \\[todo-print-function].
14533 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
14534 between each category.
14535
14536 Number of entries for each category is given by
14537 'todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
14538
14539 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
14540 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
14541
14542 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
14543
14544 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
14545 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary" nil nil)
14546
14547 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
14548 Show TODO list." t nil)
14549
14550 ;;;***
14551 \f
14552 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14553 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14555
14556 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14557 Mode for tooltip display.
14558 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14559
14560 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14561 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14563 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14564
14565 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14566
14567 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14568
14569 ;;;***
14570 \f
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14572 ;;;;;; 63726))
14573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14574
14575 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14576
14577 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14578
14579 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14580 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14581
14582 ;;;***
14583 \f
14584 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14585 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14587
14588 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14589 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14590
14591 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14592 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14593
14594 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14595 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14596
14597 ;;;***
14598 \f
14599 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14601
14602 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14603 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14604 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14605 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14606 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14607
14608 ;;;***
14609 \f
14610 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14611 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
14612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14613
14614 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14615 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14616
14617 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14618 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14619 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14620 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14621 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14622 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14623 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14624 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14625
14626 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14627 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14628 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14629 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14630 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14631 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14632 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14633
14634 ;;;***
14635 \f
14636 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14637 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14638 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14639 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14640 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14641 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14642
14643 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14644 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14645 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14646 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14647 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14648 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14649 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14650
14651 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14652 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14653 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14654 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14655
14656 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14657
14658 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14659 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14660 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14661 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14662 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14663 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14664 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14665
14666 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14667 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14668
14669 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14670 \\___/\\
14671 / \\
14672 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14673
14674 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14675
14676 ;;;***
14677 \f
14678 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14679 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14680 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14681 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14682 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14683
14684 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14685 Toggle typing break mode.
14686 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14687 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14688 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14689
14690 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14691
14692 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14693
14694 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14695 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14696
14697 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14698 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14699
14700 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14701 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14702 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14703
14704 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14705 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14706
14707 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14708 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14709 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14710
14711 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14712 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14713 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14714 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14715 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14716 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14717
14718 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14719 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14720 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14721 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14722
14723 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14724 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14725
14726 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14727 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14728
14729 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14730 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14731 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14732
14733 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14734 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14735 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14736 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14737 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14738 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14739 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14740
14741 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14742 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14743
14744 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14745 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14746 reset the keystroke counter.
14747
14748 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14749 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14750 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14751 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14752
14753 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14754 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14755 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14756 `type-break-schedule' command.
14757
14758 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14759 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14760 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14761 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14762 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14763 or not to continue.
14764
14765 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14766 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14767 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14768 approximate good values for this.
14769
14770 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14771 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14772
14773 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14774 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14775 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14776 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14777 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14778 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14779
14780 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14781 a typing break occur. They include:
14782
14783 `type-break-query-mode'
14784 `type-break-query-function'
14785 `type-break-query-interval'
14786
14787 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14790 Take a typing break.
14791
14792 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14793 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14794
14795 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14796 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14797
14798 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14799 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14800 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14801 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14802
14803 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14804 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14805
14806 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14807 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14808 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14809 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14810 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14811 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14812 average typing speed.)
14813
14814 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14815 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14816 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14817 the computed maximum threshold.
14818
14819 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14820 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14821 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14822 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14823 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14824
14825 ;;;***
14826 \f
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14830
14831 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14832 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14833 Works by overstriking underscores.
14834 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14835 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14836
14837 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14838 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14839 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14840 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14841
14842 ;;;***
14843 \f
14844 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14845 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14847
14848 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14849 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14850 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14851
14852 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14853 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14854 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14855 following the containing message." t nil)
14856
14857 ;;;***
14858 \f
14859 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14860 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14862
14863 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14864 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14865 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14866 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14867 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14868 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14869
14870 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14871 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14872
14873 ;;;***
14874 \f
14875 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14876 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14877 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14878
14879 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14880 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14881 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14882 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14883 to refrain from editing the file
14884 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14885 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14886 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14887 in any way you like." nil nil)
14888
14889 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14890 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14891 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14892 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14893 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14894
14895 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14896 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14897
14898 ;;;***
14899 \f
14900 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14901 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14902 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14903 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14904 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14905 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
14906 ;;;;;; 59735))
14907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14908
14909 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14910 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14911 See `run-hooks'.")
14912
14913 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14914 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14915 See `run-hooks'.")
14916
14917 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14918 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14919
14920 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14921 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14922 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14923 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14924 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14925 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14926
14927 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14928 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14929 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14930 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14931
14932 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14933 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14934 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14935 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14936 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14937 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14938 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14939 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14940 lock steals will raise an error.
14941 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14942
14943 For RCS and SCCS files:
14944 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14945 control.
14946 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14947 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14948 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14949 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14950 it performs a revert.
14951 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14952 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14953 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14954 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14955 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14956 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14957 the option to steal the lock.
14958
14959 For CVS files:
14960 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14961 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14962 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14963 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14964 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14965 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14966 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14967 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14968 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14969
14970 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14971 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14972
14973 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14974 Display diffs between file versions.
14975 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14976 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14977 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14978 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14979
14980 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14981 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14982 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14983 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14984
14985 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14986 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14987 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14988 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14989
14990 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14991
14992 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14993 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14994 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14995
14996 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14997
14998 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
14999 Make a snapshot called NAME.
15000 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
15001 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
15002 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
15003
15004 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
15005 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
15006 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
15007 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
15008 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
15009 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
15010 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
15011
15012 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
15013 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
15014
15015 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
15016 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
15017 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
15018 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
15019 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
15020 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
15021
15022 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
15023 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
15024 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
15025
15026 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
15027 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
15028
15029 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
15030 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
15031 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
15032 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
15033 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
15034
15035 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
15036
15037 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
15038 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
15039 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
15040
15041 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
15042 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
15043 default directory." t nil)
15044
15045 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
15046 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
15047 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
15048 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
15049
15050 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
15051 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
15052 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
15053 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
15054
15055 ;;;***
15056 \f
15057 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
15058 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
15059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
15060
15061 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
15062 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
15063
15064 Usage:
15065 ------
15066
15067 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
15068 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
15069 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
15070 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
15071 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
15072 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
15073 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
15074 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
15075 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
15076 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
15077 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15078 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
15079 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
15080 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
15081 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
15082 The following abbreviations can also be used:
15083 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
15084 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
15085 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15086
15087 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
15088 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
15089 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
15090
15091 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
15092 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
15093 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
15094 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
15095 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
15096 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
15097 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
15098 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
15099 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
15100
15101 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
15102 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
15103 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
15104 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
15105 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
15106 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
15107 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
15108 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
15109
15110 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
15111 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
15112 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
15113
15114 - COMMENTS:
15115 `--' puts a single comment.
15116 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
15117 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
15118 comment in between.
15119 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
15120 following lines.
15121 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
15122 uncomments a region if already commented out.
15123
15124 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
15125 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
15126 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
15127 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
15128 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
15129 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
15130 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
15131 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
15132 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
15133 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
15134 multi-line comments.
15135
15136 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
15137 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
15138 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
15139 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
15140 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
15141 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
15142 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
15143 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
15144 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
15145
15146 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
15147 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
15148 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
15149 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
15150 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
15151 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
15152 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
15153 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
15154 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
15155 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
15156
15157 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
15158 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
15159 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
15160 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
15161 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
15162 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
15163 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
15164 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
15165 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
15166 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
15167 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
15168 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
15169 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
15170
15171 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15172
15173 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15174 menu).
15175
15176 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15177
15178 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15179 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15180 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15181 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15182 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15183
15184 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15185 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15186 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15187 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15188 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15189 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15190 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15191 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15192 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15193
15194 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15195 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15196 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15197 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15198 specified.
15199
15200 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15201 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15202 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15203 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15204 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15205 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15206
15207 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15208 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15209 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15210 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15211 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15212 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15213 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15214 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15215 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15216 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15217 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15218
15219 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15220 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15221 Math Packages.
15222
15223 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15224 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15225 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15226 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15227 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15228 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15229 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15230 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15231
15232 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15233 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15234 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15235 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15236 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15237 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15238
15239 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15240 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15241 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15242 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15243 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15244
15245 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15246 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15247 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15248 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15249 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15250
15251 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15252 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15253 highlighted if written in lower case.
15254
15255 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15256 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15257 is non-nil.
15258
15259 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15260 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15261 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15262
15263 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15264 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15265 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15266
15267 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15268 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15269 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15270
15271 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15272 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15273 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15274 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15275 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15276 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15277 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15278
15279 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15280 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15281 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15282 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15283 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15284
15285 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15286 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15287 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15288 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15289
15290 - HINTS:
15291 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15292
15293
15294 Maintenance:
15295 ------------
15296
15297 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15298 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15299
15300 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15301
15302 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15303 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15304 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15305 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15306
15307 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15308 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15309 version and release notes can be found.
15310
15311
15312 Bugs and Limitations:
15313 ---------------------
15314
15315 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15316 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15317 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15318 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15319 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15320 does not work under XEmacs.
15321
15322
15323 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15324 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15325
15326 Key bindings:
15327 -------------
15328
15329 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15330
15331 ;;;***
15332 \f
15333 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15335
15336 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15337 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15338 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15339 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15340
15341 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15342 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15343 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15344 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15345 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15346
15347 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15348 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15349
15350 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15351
15352 * Limitations and unsupported features
15353 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15354 not supported.
15355 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15356 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15357
15358 * Modifications
15359 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15360 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15361 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15362 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15363 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15364 for undoing a repeated change command.
15365 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15366 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15367 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15368
15369 * Extensions
15370 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15371 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15372 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15373 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15374 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15375 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15376 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15377 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15378
15379 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15380
15381 ;;;***
15382 \f
15383 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15384 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15385 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
15386 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15388
15389 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15390 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15391
15392 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15393 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15394 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15395 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15396
15397 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15398 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15399
15400 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15401 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15402 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15403 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15404
15405 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15406 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15407
15408 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15409
15410 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15411
15412 ;;;***
15413 \f
15414 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15415 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15416 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
15417 ;;;;;; 6934))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15419
15420 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15421 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15422 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15423 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15424
15425 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15426
15427 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15428 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15429 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15430 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15431 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15432 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15433 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15434
15435 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15436
15437 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15438 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15439 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15440 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15441 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15442 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15443 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15444 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15445
15446 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15447
15448 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15449 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15450 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15451 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15452 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15453 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15454 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15455 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15456
15457 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15458
15459 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15460 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15461 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15462 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15463 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15464 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15465 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15466
15467 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15468
15469 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15470 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15471 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15472
15473 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15474 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15475 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15476 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15477 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15478 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15479 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15480 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15481
15482 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15483
15484 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15485 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15486 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15487
15488 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15489 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15490 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15491 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15492 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15493 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15494 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15495 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15496
15497 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15498
15499 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15500 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15501 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15502
15503 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15504 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15505 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15506
15507 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15508 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15509 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15510 read-only.
15511 \\<view-mode-map>
15512 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15513 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15514 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15515 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15516 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15517
15518 H, h, ? This message.
15519 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15520 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15521 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15522 > move to the end of buffer.
15523 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15524 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15525 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15526 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15527 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15528 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15529 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15530 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15531 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15532 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15533 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15534 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15535 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15536 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15537 Use this to view a changing file.
15538 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15539 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15540 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15541 . set the mark.
15542 x exchanges point and mark.
15543 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15544 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15545 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15546 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15547 ' go to position saved in character register.
15548 s do forward incremental search.
15549 r do reverse incremental search.
15550 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15551 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15552 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15553 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15554 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15555 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15556 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15557 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15558 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15559 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15560 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15561 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15562 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15563 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15564 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15565
15566 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15567 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15568 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15569 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15570 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15571 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15572 will return to that buffer.
15573
15574 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15575
15576 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15577 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15578 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15579 `view-return-to-alist'.
15580 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15581 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15582 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15583
15584 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15585 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15586 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15587 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15588 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15589 1) nil Do nothing.
15590 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15591 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15592 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15593 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15594
15595 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15596
15597 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15598
15599 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15600 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15601
15602 ;;;***
15603 \f
15604 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15606
15607 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15608 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15609
15610 ;;;***
15611 \f
15612 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15613 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
15614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15615
15616 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15617 Toggle Viper on/off.
15618 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15619
15620 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15621 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15622
15623 ;;;***
15624 \f
15625 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
15627
15628 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15629 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15630
15631 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15632 hotlist.
15633
15634 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15635 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15636
15637 ;;;***
15638 \f
15639 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15640 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15641 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15642
15643 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15644 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15646 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15647
15648 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15649
15650 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15651
15652 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15653
15654 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15655 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15656 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15657 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15658
15659 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15660 and off otherwise." t nil)
15661
15662 ;;;***
15663 \f
15664 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15665 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15666 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15668
15669 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15670 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15671
15672 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15673 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15674 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15675 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15676 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15677
15678 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15679 and:
15680 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15681 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15682
15683 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15684 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15685
15686 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15687 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15688
15689 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15690 whitespace problems." t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15693 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15694
15695 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15696 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15697
15698 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15699 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15700
15701 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15702 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15703 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15704 replaced with TABS).
15705 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15706 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15707
15708 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15709
15710 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15711 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15712
15713 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15714 i - Indentation whitespace.
15715 l - Leading whitespace.
15716 s - Space followed by Tab.
15717 t - Trailing whitespace.
15718
15719 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15720 !<y>.
15721
15722 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15723 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15724 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15725 always they default to 8.)
15726
15727 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15728 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15729 even print it.
15730
15731 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15732 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15733 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15734 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15735 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15736 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15737 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15738 to set smarttab.)
15739
15740 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15741 merge problems.
15742
15743 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15744 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15745 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15746
15747 ;;;***
15748 \f
15749 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15750 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15752
15753 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15754 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15755
15756 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15757 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15758
15759 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15760 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15761
15762 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15763 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15764 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15765
15766 ;;;***
15767 \f
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15769 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14606 42158))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15771
15772 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15773 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15774 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15775
15776 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15777 Create widget of TYPE.
15778 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15779
15780 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15781 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15782
15783 ;;;***
15784 \f
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15786 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15787 ;;;;;; 64331))
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15789
15790 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15791 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15792 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15793 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15794 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15795 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15796 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15797
15798 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15799 Select the window above the current one.
15800 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15801 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15802 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15803 negative ARG) of the current window.
15804 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15805
15806 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15807 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15808 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15809 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15810 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15811 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15812 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15813
15814 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15815 Select the window below the current one.
15816 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15817 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15818 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15819 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15820 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15823 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15824
15825 ;;;***
15826 \f
15827 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15828 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15829 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15830
15831 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15832 Toggle winner-mode.
15833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15834 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15835
15836 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15837
15838 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15839
15840 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15841 Toggle Winner mode.
15842 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15843
15844 ;;;***
15845 \f
15846 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
15847 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14614 53233))
15848 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
15849
15850 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
15851 Browse a UN*X man page for TOPIC WithOut using a `man' program.
15852 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
15853 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
15854 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
15855 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
15856 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
15857 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
15858
15859 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if they are given then
15860 the argument TOPIC should be a topic string and the RE-CACHE may be
15861 non-nil to force re-caching." t nil)
15862
15863 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
15864 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
15865
15866 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
15867 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
15868 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
15869 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
15870 of existing WoMan buffers formatted earlier.
15871 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
15872 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
15873 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
15874
15875 ;;;***
15876 \f
15877 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15878 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15880
15881 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15882 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15883
15884 BUGS:
15885 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15886 are not implemented
15887 - Options for search and replace
15888 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15889 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15890
15891 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15892 Emacs-like.
15893
15894 The key bindings are:
15895
15896 C-a backward-word
15897 C-b fill-paragraph
15898 C-c scroll-up-line
15899 C-d forward-char
15900 C-e previous-line
15901 C-f forward-word
15902 C-g delete-char
15903 C-h backward-char
15904 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15905 C-j help-for-help
15906 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15907 C-l ws-repeat-search
15908 C-n open-line
15909 C-p quoted-insert
15910 C-r scroll-down-line
15911 C-s backward-char
15912 C-t kill-word
15913 C-u keyboard-quit
15914 C-v overwrite-mode
15915 C-w scroll-down
15916 C-x next-line
15917 C-y kill-complete-line
15918 C-z scroll-up
15919
15920 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15921 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15922 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15923 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15924 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15925 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15926 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15927 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15928 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15929 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15930 C-k b ws-begin-block
15931 C-k c ws-copy-block
15932 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15933 C-k f find-file
15934 C-k h ws-show-markers
15935 C-k i ws-indent-block
15936 C-k k ws-end-block
15937 C-k p ws-print-block
15938 C-k q kill-emacs
15939 C-k r insert-file
15940 C-k s save-some-buffers
15941 C-k t ws-mark-word
15942 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15943 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15944 C-k v ws-move-block
15945 C-k w ws-write-block
15946 C-k x kill-emacs
15947 C-k y ws-delete-block
15948
15949 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15950 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15951 C-o j justify-current-line
15952 C-o k kill-buffer
15953 C-o l list-buffers
15954 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15955 C-o r set-fill-column
15956 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15957 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15958 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15959 C-o wo other-window
15960 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15961
15962 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15963 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15964 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15965 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15966 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15967 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15968 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15969 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15970 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15971 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15972 C-q a ws-query-replace
15973 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15974 C-q c end-of-buffer
15975 C-q d end-of-line
15976 C-q f ws-search
15977 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15978 C-q l ws-undo
15979 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15980 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15981 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15982 C-q w ws-last-error
15983 C-q y ws-kill-eol
15984 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15985 " t nil)
15986
15987 ;;;***
15988 \f
15989 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
15990 ;;;;;; 149))
15991 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15992
15993 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15994 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15995 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15996
15997 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15998
15999 ;;;***
16000 \f
16001 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
16002 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
16004
16005 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
16006 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
16007
16008 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
16009 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
16012 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
16013 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
16014
16015 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
16016 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
16017
16018 ;;;***
16019 \f
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
16021 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
16023
16024 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
16025 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
16026
16027 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
16028 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
16029
16030 Zone-mode does two things:
16031
16032 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
16033 when saving the file
16034
16035 - fontification" t nil)
16036
16037 ;;;***
16038 \f
16039 ;;; Local Variables:
16040 ;;; version-control: never
16041 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
16042 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
16043 ;;; End:
16044 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here